Owner Manual

Add to My manuals
228 Pages

advertisement

Owner Manual | Manualzz

(3,1)

Foreword

GUID-E0505219-2432-4775-820B-04639818C416

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners. This vehicle has been delivered to you with confidence. It has been produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many kilometers (miles) of driving pleasure.

Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information & Maintenance Booklet explains details about the warranties covering your vehicle.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best. When you require any service or have any questions, we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available for you.

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION

GUID-FDB23A60-66CE-4B57-B0DD-1EB5DD2E5228

Reminders for safety!

GUID-5131E80C-E931-48D8-9C51-C803B0D21A77

Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and complete trip for you and your passengers!

.

NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

.

ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions.

.

ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems. Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat.

.

ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle.

.

ALWAYS review this Owners Manual for

important safety information.

When reading the manual

GUID-9BF242CB-1CC6-40FA-BAE4-5A4F4CDF84CA

This manual includes information for all options available on this model. Therefore, you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing.

NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or designs without notice and without obligation.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

GUID-239F85AF-E150-4C65-A81A-9DF30091C6DD

This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties.

Read first — then drive safely

GUID-BCED9ECA-02F0-4C72-8277-F5A346B371B5

Before driving your vehicle, read this Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

Throughout this manual we have used the symbol followed by the word WARNING. This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed precisely.

The symbol followed by the word CAUTION is also used throughout this manual to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damages to your vehicle.

To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed carefully.

SIC0697

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this” or

Do not let this happen”.

NOS1274

If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration, it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle.

NOS1275

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action.

NOS1276

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration.

NOS1617

Bluetooth

® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and licensed to Visteon Corporation.

2016 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(4,1)

(1,1)

Table of

Contents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical information

Index

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Condition: 'Except for China'/

6

7

4

5

0

1

2

3

8

9

10

(2,1)

(5,1)

0 Illustrated table of contents

Engine compartment ....

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

SEATS SEAT BELTS AND

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT

SYSTEM (SRS)

GUID-1D373A12-1F5E-4A48-99FF-411F065633CD

1.

Child restraint anchor points* (for top tether strap child restraint) (Page 1-12)

2.

Rear seat belts (P.1-6)

3.

Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags*

(P.1-18)

4.

Front seat belts (P.1-6)

5.

Head restraints (P.1-3)

6.

Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-23)

7.

ISOFIX child restraint system* (P.1-11)

JVC0495X

8.

Rear seats

— Child restraints (P.1-10)

9.

Armrest* (P.1-3)

10.

Supplemental side-impact air bags* (P.1-18)

11.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system* (P.1-26)

12.

Front seats (P.1-2)

*: if equipped

0-2

Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(6,1)

(7,1)

EXTERIOR FRONT

GUID-4BC28D80-CD14-4322-B12B-E3CFD8DDA3EE

10.

Tires

— Tires and wheels (P.8-31, P.9-7)

— Flat tire (P.6-2)

11.

Side turn signal lights

— Switch operation (P.2-19)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

12.

Outside rearview mirrors (P.3-22)

13.

Doors

— Keys (P.3-2)

— Door locks (P.3-4)

— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-6)

— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-8)

— Security system* (P.3-17)

14.

Child safety rear door lock (P.3-6)

15.

Daytime running light* (P.2-18)

*: if equipped

1.

Engine hood (P.3-18)

2.

Windshield

— Wiper and washer switch (P.2-21)

— Wiper replacement (P.8-19)

— Washer fluid (P.8-20)

3.

Antenna (P.4-16)

4.

Windows (P.2-23)

5.

Recovery hook (P.6-12)

6.

Front turn signal lights

— Switch operation (P.2-19)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

7.

Fog lights*

— Switch operation (P.2-20)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

8.

Headlights

— Switch operation (P.2-18)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

9.

Clearance lights

— Switch operation (P.2-18)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)

JVC1010X

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Illustrated table of contents

0-3

EXTERIOR REAR

GUID-0A3C947A-C6EE-4C29-934B-54BEEB253623

1.

Rear window

— Rear window defogger* (P.2-22)

2.

Stop/tail lights (P.8-27)

3.

Turn signal lights

— Switch operation (P.2-19)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

4.

High-mounted stop light (model without rear spoiler) (P.8-27)

5.

Trunk

— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7)

0-4

Illustrated table of contents

JVC0543X

— Trunk request switch (Intelligent Key system*)

(P.3-14)

— Opening (P.3-19)

— Trunk light* (P.2-29, P.8-27)

6.

High-mounted stop light (model with rear spoiler) (P.8-27)

7.

Fuel filler lid

— Fuel filler lid (P.3-20)

— Fuel information (P.9-4)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(8,1)

8.

Reverse light/Rear fog light*

— Switch operation (P.2-20)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

9.

License plate light (P.8-27)

10.

Sonar (parking sensor) system* (P.5-24)

*: if equipped

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

GUID-54560482-68F9-470A-B71C-FCCB7A3F2D1E

(9,1)

13.

Glove box (P.2-27)

*: if equipped

1.

Room light (P.2-29, P.8-27)

2.

Door armrest

— Power window switch* (P.2-23)

— Power door lock switch* (P.3-5)

3.

Microphone* (P.4-27)

4.

Map lights* (P.2-29, P.8-27)

5.

Sun visor (P.2-28)

6.

Inside rearview mirror (P.3-21)

7.

Rear cup holder* (P.2-27)

JVC0228X

8.

Rear comfort fan* (P.4-9)

9.

Power outlet* (P.2-26)

10.

Parking brake (P.3-23, P.8-15)

11.

Trunk lid release handle* (P.3-20)

12.

Shift lever

— Automatic Transmission (AT) (P.5-10)

— Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)

(P.5-13)

— Manual Transmission (MT) (P.5-16)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Illustrated table of contents

0-5

INSTRUMENT PANEL

GUID-B8CEAAB5-8CF4-42F1-8B33-A65C4B1B62B0

LEFT-HAND DRIVE (LHD) MODEL

GUID-1702AE62-FE89-4A01-8709-1815A676D6F6

1.

Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch

(P.2-18)

2.

Steering-wheel-mounted controls* (P.4-26)

3.

Driver’s front-impact air bag/Horn (P.1-18,

P.2-23)

4.

Meters and gauges (P.2-4)

5.

Wiper and washer switch (P.2-21)

6.

Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2)

0-6

Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/

JVC0227X

7.

Center ventilator (P.4-2)

8.

Passenger’s front-impact air bag* (P.1-18)

9.

Side ventilator (P.4-2)

10.

Fuel filler lid release handle (P.3-20)

11.

Hood lock release handle (P.3-18)

12.

Outside rearview mirror control switch* (P.3-22)

13.

Ignition switch/steering lock (P.5-4)

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(10,1)

14.

Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P.3-21)

15.

Audio system* (P.4-10)

16.

Cup holder (P.2-27)

17.

Cigarette lighter* (P.2-26)

18.

Heater and air conditioner control (P.4-3)

19.

Rear window defogger switch (P.2-22)

20.

Glove box (P.2-27)

*: if equipped

(11,1)

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL

GUID-6EA8B9D6-3096-41A2-B386-0A43E7B2E982

15.

Power outlet* (P.2-26)

16.

Cup holder (P.2-27)

17.

Rear window defogger switch (P.2-22)

18.

Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) (P.5-5)

19.

Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P.3-21)

20.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch*

(P.5-22) (except for Australia)

21.

Ignition switch (model without Intelligent Key system)/steering lock (P.5-4)

22.

Hood lock release handle (P.3-18)

23.

Fuel filler lid release handle (P.3-20)

24.

Idling stop OFF switch* (P.5-19) or

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch

(P.5-22) (for Australia)

25.

Headlight aiming control switch* (P.2-19)

26.

Outside rearview mirror control switch* (P.3-22)

*: if equipped

1.

Side ventilator (P.4-2)

2.

Passenger’s front-impact air bag* (P.1-18)

3.

Center ventilator (P.4-2)

4.

Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2)

5.

Wiper and washer switch (P.2-21)

6.

Steering-wheel-mounted controls* (P.4-26)

7.

Meters and gauges (P.2-4)

JVC0544X

8.

Driver’s front-impact air bag/Horn (P.1-18,

P.2-23)

9.

Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-18)

10.

Fuse box cover (P.8-25)

11.

Glove box (P.2-27)

12.

Audio system* (P.4-10)

13.

USB/AUX connector* (P.4-24)

14.

Heater and air conditioner control (P.4-3)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Illustrated table of contents

0-7

METERS AND GAUGES

GUID-06DC6E0D-81F3-474C-973D-05529C4D25CB

JVC0541X

1.

Tachometer* (P.2-8)

2.

Speedometer (P.2-5)

3.

Warning/indicator lights* (P.2-11)

4.

Trip odometer reset switch/Trip computer mode switch (P.2-7)

Type A

7.

Odometer/Twin trip odometer (P.2-6)/Trip computer (P.2-7)

8.

*:

Fuel gauge (P.2-9) if equipped

5.

Clock settings switch (P.2-25)

6.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator*

(P.2-9)

0-8

Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(12,1)

(13,1)

1.

Tachometer (P.2-8)

2.

Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-8)

3.

Vehicle information display (P.2-5)

— Odometer/Twin trip odometer (P.2-6)

— Trip computer (P.2-7)

— Clock (P.2-25)

— Outside air temperature* (P.2-7)

— Instrument brightness control display

(P.2-10)

JVI0165X

Type B

4.

Fuel gauge (P.2-9)

5.

Speedometer (P.2-5)

6.

Warning/indicator lights (P.2-11)

7.

Instrument brightness control knob (P.2-10)

8.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator*

(P.2-9)

9.

Trip odometer reset switch/Trip computer mode switch (P.2-6)

*: if equipped

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Illustrated table of contents

0-9

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

GUID-FA71B07C-1CF7-4DF1-990E-05A8376762F0

HR15DE ENGINE MODEL

GUID-F9F74C9C-F548-4FBF-8553-42572F564989

(14,1)

11.

Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

*: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model

1.

Engine drive belts (P.8-14)

2.

Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-17,

P.8-17)

— Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model

3.

Engine oil filler cap (P.8-10)

4.

Air cleaner (P.8-18)

5.

Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-17,

P.8-17)

0-10

Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/

JVC0118X

— Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model

6.

Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-24)

7.

Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-20)

8.

Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10)

9.

Radiator cap (P.8-8)

— Vehicle overheat (P.6-10)

10.

Battery (P.5-28, P.8-21)

— Jump starting (P.6-8)

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(15,1)

HR12DE ENGINE MODEL

GUID-F978D4F1-0830-4A38-B742-722BCDA9D97C

1.

Engine drive belts (P.8-14)

2.

Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-17,

P.8-17)

3.

Engine oil filler cap (P.8-10)

4.

Air cleaner (P.8-18)

5.

Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-24)

6.

Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-20)

7.

Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10)

8.

Radiator cap (P.8-8)

— Vehicle overheat (P.6-10)

9.

Battery (P.5-28, P.8-21)

— Jump starting (P.6-8)

10.

Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

*: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model

JVC0240X

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Illustrated table of contents

0-11

K9K ENGINE MODEL

GUID-E51EA618-3F2F-439D-AF9B-F175F5B26F7E

SDI2711

1.

Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (P.8-17, P.8-17)

2.

Air cleaner (P.8-18)

3.

Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-24)

4.

Priming pump (P.8-13)

5.

Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-20)

6.

Engine drive belts (P.8-14)

7.

Engine oil filler cap (P.8-10)

8.

Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10)

9.

Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

— Vehicle overheat (P.6-10)

10.

Battery (P.5-28, P.8-21)

— Jump starting (P.6-8)

0-12

Illustrated table of contents

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(16,1)

(17,1)

1 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

SEATS

GUID-0E4D48F2-87EB-41C3-92CE-212C2CB24BDC

WARNING:

.

Do not drive and/or ride in the vehicle with the seatback reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be properly against the body. In an accident, you and your passengers could be thrown into the shoulder belt and receive neck or other serious injuries. You and your passengers could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious injuries.

.

For the most effective protection while the vehicle is in motion, the seatback should be upright. Always sit well back in the seat and

adjust the seat belt properly. (See Seat

belts(P.1-6).)

CAUTION:

When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/or damages.

SSS0133A

FRONT SEATS

GUID-42A7490D-1067-4CAC-9A39-544D84F10BB7

WARNING:

Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so

that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

Manual seat adjustment

GUID-4630BA8F-468A-4657-ABF6-27A2A17D208D

WARNING:

After adjusting a seat, gently shake the seat to confirm that the seat is locked securely. If the seat is not locked securely, it may move suddenly and could cause the loss of control of the vehicle.

1-2

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(18,1)

(19,1)

Forward and backward:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Pull up the adjusting lever .

2.

Slide the seat to the desired position.

3.

Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat in position.

Reclining:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Pull up the adjusting lever

*

.

2.

Tilt the seatback to the desired position.

3.

Release the adjusting lever to lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).)

The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

Seat lifter (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Pull up or push down the adjusting lever

* to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved.

SSS0660

ARMREST (if equipped)

GUID-0D483ADC-82D8-447F-BDBC-3C51B0B77FE8

Rear

GUID-93866274-495E-42DF-A608-4662C6C92B29

Pull the armrest down until it is horizontal.

SSS0963

HEAD RESTRAINTS

GUID-F4A07253-770E-4F4C-BCB1-5E2D1740FDC6

WARNING:

Head restraints supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjustable head restraints must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section.

Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint. Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been removed. If the head restraint was removed, reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position.

Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraint. This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision.

.

Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

.

Adjustable head restraints have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment position.

.

The non-adjustable head restraints have single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame.

.

Proper Adjustment:

— For the adjustable type, align the head restraint so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint.

— If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint at the highest position.

.

If the head restraint has been removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that designated seating position.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(20,1)

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT COMPO-

NENTS

GUID-6D22BBB3-8D36-417E-878D-360F870ACF1B

2.

Single notch

3.

Lock knob

4.

Stalks

REMOVE

GUID-B081657A-4F54-4CA6-A963-5A52ECD0821C

INSTALL

GUID-91036F61-0D7F-464E-AB13-F169A8170985

SSS0992

1.

Removable head restraint

2.

Multiple notches

3.

Lock knob

4.

Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT

COMPONENTS

GUID-3C330412-A135-42D9-8C25-A0498232AE96

SSS0995

Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints.

1.

Pull the head restraint up to the highest position.

2.

Push and hold the lock knob.

3.

Remove the head restraint from the seat.

4.

Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5.

Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position.

SSS0996

1.

Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction. The stalk with the adjustment notch must be installed in the hole with the lock knob .

2.

Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down.

3.

Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position.

ADJUST

GUID-7F4FA002-0E43-41BC-A558-14805BD05E20

JVR0203X

1.

Removable head restraint

1-4

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

SSS0997

(21,1)

For adjustable head restraint

Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears. If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint at the highest position.

Make sure the head restraint is positioned from the stored position or any non-latch position so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

Lower

GUID-5FCBF5C0-907E-493B-9449-3D124814C97B

JVR0259X

For non-adjustable head restraint

Make sure the head restraint is positioned from the stored position or any non-latch position so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

Raise

GUID-9BCA1908-1A87-454B-AFD2-9BFE3120F799

SSS1036

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down.

Make sure the head restraint is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

SSS1035

Condition: 'Except for China'/

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-5

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(22,1)

SEAT BELTS

GUID-54FABC2C-16D2-472D-959C-EC961EDBAC13

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE

GUID-E0B9589F-74A9-4DB5-8A5A-40333BC200D2

If you are wearing the seat belt properly adjusted and sitting upright and well back in the seat, chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes the supplemental air bag systems.

SSS0014

1-6

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

SSS0134A

SSS0136A

SSS0016

(23,1)

WARNING:

.

Seatbelts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body, and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as applicable; wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided. Serious injury may occur if a seat belt is not worn properly.

.

Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible around the hips, not the waist. A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident.

.

Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt. Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried

on the occupants lap.

.

Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts.

.

Never wear seat belts inside out. Belts should not be worn with straps twisted.

Doing so may reduce their effectiveness.

.

Seatbelts should be adjusted as firmly as possible, consistent with comfort, to provide the protection for which they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer.

.

Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times.

Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and, if appropriate, in a child restraint system.

.

Do not put the belt behind your back or under your arm. Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Serious injury may occur if a seat belt is not worn properly.

.

No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.

.

Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid.

Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed, contaminated or damaged.

.

All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and, when necessary, replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted.

.

It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious.

.

Once the pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped) has activated, it cannot be reused.

It must be replaced together with the retractor. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

.

Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system components (if equipped) should be done by a NISSAN dealer.

CHILD SAFETY

GUID-BEF39E00-83A9-46E4-A6CD-4E7837159442

WARNING:

.

Infants and children need special protection.

The vehicles seat belts may not fit them

properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperly fitted seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury.

.

Always use an appropriate child restraint system.

Children need adults to help protect them. They need to be properly restrained. The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(24,1)

Infants and small children

GUID-2CB554A6-70F8-4EA5-AD1F-1A1CD0569FC1

SSS0099

NISSAN recommends that infants and small children be seated in a child restraint system. You should choose a child restraint system that fits your vehicle and the child, and always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.

Large children

GUID-D60D6D89-020F-4F38-8877-C70FB3DDBA25

WARNING:

.

Never allow children to stand or kneel on any seats.

.

Never allow children in the luggage area while the vehicle is moving. A child could be seriously injured in an accident or sudden stop.

Children who are too large for a child restraint system should be seated and restrained by the seat belts that are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulder belt that fits close to the face or neck, the use of a booster seat

(commercially available) may help overcome this. The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top, middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips. The booster seat should also fit the vehicle seat.

Once the child has grown so that the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face or neck of the child, use the shoulder belt without the booster seat. In addition, there are many types of child restraint systems available for larger children that should be used for maximum protection.

PREGNANT WOMEN

GUID-FE869D3B-B8B4-419B-873A-F34B364C8C1A

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never run the lap/ shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

GUID-82EBCAFA-39DD-4B24-9916-C91E3A86FE59

NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTS

GUID-984D2E17-E07E-4F94-97BF-E5B1D1F3D930

Fastening seat belts

GUID-421AB629-E53A-4541-8D10-C0D57422D757

1-8

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0292

WARNING:

The seatback should not be in a reclined position any more than needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat.

1.

Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).)

2.

Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage.

.

The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move, and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat.

.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.

SSS0467

3.

Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown.

4.

Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and is snug across your

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(25,1) chest.

Shoulder belt height adjustment (if equipped)

GUID-A13270E2-267F-495D-8674-287DC107D8B3

SSS0351A

WARNING:

.

The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident.

.

The shoulder belt should rest on the middle of the shoulder. It must not rest against the neck.

.

Be sure that the seat belt is not twisted in any way.

.

Be sure that the shoulder belt anchor is secured by trying to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down after adjustment.

The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you.

The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.

To adjust, pull the release button

* and move the shoulder belt anchor to the proper position , so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder.

Release the button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position.

Unfastening seat belts

GUID-1BF0DC09-9D66-448C-8B28-6F14CFC40A17

Push the button on the buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operation

GUID-145A1CB5-9B55-4D1A-A8C0-CCED3409D28D

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement:

.

When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor.

.

When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts, check the operation by grasping the shoulder belt and pulling forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement. If the retractor does not lock during this check, contact a NISSAN dealer immediately.

TWO-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTS (if equipped)

GUID-D22413D4-BF49-4D45-994E-2EA638DE79EC

Fastening seat belts

GUID-6258C427-15E5-465B-918B-6CF5DD74179A

WARNING:

Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat.

1.

Insert the tongue into the buckle marked CENTER until you hear and feel the latch engage.

JVR0036X

2.

Adjust the seat belt length. To shorten, hold the tongue and pull the upper belt as illustrated .

To lengthen, hold the tongue and pull the under belt as illustrated .

JVR0035X

JVR0037X

3.

Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(26,1)

Unfastening seat belts

GUID-F1DEE74D-1574-468C-AD0E-4B39EDD29A76

Push the button on the buckle.

CENTER MARK ON SEAT BELTS

GUID-DE981F0D-8B58-47D8-8132-009A1F299182

Selecting correct set of seat belts

GUID-854F5578-B270-4D1E-91F7-C1DD2F46C56E belts to retract until they are completely dry.

CHILD RESTRAINTS

GUID-1A220BAA-203F-42A3-BB0A-DDFDA8E06122

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINT

USAGE

GUID-9396FD2F-E533-4EB3-A047-B6D92A4A219A

SSS0616

The center seat belt buckle or both the buckle and the tongue are identified by the CENTER mark.

The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

GUID-B0F298CD-913B-46BF-8E46-89902A89FA3B

Periodically check that the seat belt and all the metal components, such as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other damage on the seat belt webbing is found, the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced.

If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat

1-10

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

SSS0099

WARNING:

.

Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap. It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident. The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle.

Also, it is dangerous to put a seat belt around a child being carried on the occu-

pants lap.

.

Infants and children need special protection.

The vehicles seat belts may not fit them

properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones. In an accident, an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury.

.

Infants and small children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint system while riding in the vehicle. Failure to use a child restraint system can result in serious injury or death.

(27,1)

.

Child restraint systems specially designed for infants and small children are available from several manufacturers. When selecting any child restraint systems, place your child in the child restraint system and check the various adjustments to be sure that the child restraint system is compatible with your

child. Always follow the manufacturers in-

structions for installation and use.

.

NISSAN recommends that the child restraint system be installed in the rear seat. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat rather than in the front seat.

.

Follow all of the child restraint system

manufacturers instructions for installation

and use. When purchasing a child restraint system, be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle. It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraint systems in your vehicle.

.

For a front-facing child restraint system, check to make sure the shoulder belt does

not fit close to childs face or neck. If it does,

put the shoulder belt behind the child restraint system.

.

Never install a rear-facing child restraint system in the front seat. An inflating supplemental front-impact air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. A rear-facing child restraint system must only be used in the rear seat.

.

Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to fit a child restraint system, but as upright as possible.

.

If the seat belt in the position where a child restraint system is installed requires a locking clip and if it is not used, injuries could result from a child restraint system tipping over during normal vehicle braking or cornering.

.

After attaching a child restraint system, test it before you place the child in it. Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check if it is held securely in place. The child restraint system should not move more than 25 mm (1 in). If the restraint is not secure, tighten the belt as necessary, or install the restraint in another seat and test it again.

.

Check the child restraint system in your vehicle to be sure that it is compatible with

the vehicles seat belt system.

.

If a child restraint system is not anchored properly, the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases.

.

Improper use of a child restraint system can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants in the vehicle.

.

Always use an appropriate child restraint system. An improperly installed child restraint system could lead to serious injury or death in an accident.

.

When the child restraint system is not in use, keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident.

of child restraint systems available for larger children that should be used for maximum protection.

CAUTION:

Remember that a child restraint system left in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in a child restraint system.

ISOFIX CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-52E0ED42-273F-40BB-93AA-7F2F3D103563

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with ISOFIX child restraint systems.

ISOFIX lower anchor point locations

GUID-4CA362C7-65B9-4BF5-AF53-B0793163382A

The ISOFIX anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating positions only.

Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the ISOFIX anchors.

ISOFIX label location

NISSAN recommends that infants and small children be seated in a child restraint system. You should choose a child restraint system that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. In addition, there are many types

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS1046

1-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(28,1)

SSS0637

ISOFIX lower anchor location

The ISOFIX anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the ISOFIX anchors.

ISOFIX child restraint anchor attachments

GUID-3CE88358-EB93-4D4D-8BEB-569F5DE91FF4

SSS0644

Anchor attachment

ISOFIX child restraints include two rigid attachments that can be connected to two anchors located in the seat. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the

ISOFIX child restraints. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

ISOFIX child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap or other anti-rotation devices such as support legs. When installing ISOFIX child restraints, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraints. (See

“Child restraint installation using ISOFIX” (P.1-12).)

CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGE (if equipped)

GUID-961BAD1A-211D-4323-B754-5E12137C28AB

Your vehicle is designed to accommodate a child restraint system on the rear seat. When installing a child restraint system, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint system.

WARNING:

Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

Anchorage location

GUID-E7B5F4AB-1328-4E20-B669-B64DEF0C01CD

JVR0061X

The anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf for all three seating positions of the rear seat as shown

(for Australia).

The anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf for the right and left outboard seating positions of the rear seat (except for Australia).

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING

ISOFIX (if equipped)

GUID-860C9B60-EFAB-467E-B530-D534A63A26A8

WARNING:

.

Attach ISOFIX child restraints only at the specified locations. For the ISOFIX lower

anchor locations, see ISOFIX child restraint

system(P.1-11). If a child restraint is not

secured properly, your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident.

.

Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

.

Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the ISOFIX lower anchors. The child restraint will not be

1-12

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(29,1)

secured properly.

.

Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the ISOFIX anchors, such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the ISOFIX anchors are obstructed.

.

Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.

Installation on rear outboard seats

GUID-71362521-F3A0-413F-9537-40392E82E5FB

Front-facing:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these steps to install a front-facing child restraint on the rear outboard seats using ISOFIX:

Steps 1 and 2

1.

Position the child restraint on the seat

SSS0646A

.

2.

Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the ISOFIX lower anchors .

3.

The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back. If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. (See “Head restraints” (P.1-3).) If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

instead of the top tether strap following the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0755A

Step 7

7.

Test the child restraint before you place the child in it . Push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is held securely in place.

8.

Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 7.

Rear-facing:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint on the rear outboard seats using ISOFIX:

SSS0754A

Step 4

4.

Shorten the rigid attachment to have the child restraint firmly tightened; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback.

5.

If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. (See “Child restraint anchorage” (P.1-12).)

6.

If the child restraint is equipped with other antirotation devices such as support legs, use them

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-13

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(30,1)

5.

If the child restraint is equipped with other antirotation devices such as support legs, use them instead of the top tether strap following the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

Front-facing:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

SSS0649A

Steps 1 and 2

1.

Position the child restraint on the seat .

2.

Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the ISOFIX lower anchors .

SSS0756A

Step 3

3.

Shorten the rigid attachment to have the child restraint firmly tightened; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback.

4.

If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. (See “Child restraint anchorage” (P.1-12).)

SSS0757A

Step 6

6.

Test the child restraint before you place the child in it . Push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is held securely in place.

7.

Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 6.

INSTALLATION OF CHILD RESTRAINT

SYSTEM

GUID-9A049A6B-E06E-4BB1-8F3A-67F406B7024E

Installation on rear seats (3-point type seat belt)

GUID-A26D65AA-AF3D-47A6-BCFC-7BD2C0D6125A

WARNING:

The direction of the child restraint system depends on the type of the child restraint system and the size of the child.

SSS0374A

If you must install a front-facing child restraint system on the rear seat, follow these steps:

1.

Position the front-facing child restraint system on the rear seat.

Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.

2.

Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint system and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage.

SSS0513

To prevent slack in the lap belt, it is necessary to secure the shoulder belt in place with a locking

1-14

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(31,1) clip . Use the locking clip attached to the child restraint system or one which is equivalent in dimension and strength.

Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3.

Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it. Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check if it is held securely in place.

4.

Make sure that the child restraint system is properly secured prior to each use.

Rear-facing:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

SSS0375A

If you must install a rear-facing child restraint system on the rear seat, follow these steps:

1.

Position the rear-facing child restraint system on the rear seat.

Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.

2.

Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint system and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage.

Front-facing:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

SSS0513

To prevent slack in the lap belt, it is necessary to secure the shoulder belt in place with a locking clip . Use the locking clip attached to the child restraint system or one which is equivalent in dimension and strength.

Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3.

Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it. Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check if it is held securely in place.

4.

Make sure that the child restraint system is properly secured prior to each use.

Installation on rear center seat (2-point type seat belt) (if equipped)

GUID-873B405B-3F91-470C-A259-891ABC1F515C

WARNING:

The direction of the child restraint system depends on the type of the child restraint system and the size of the child.

SSS0512

If you must install a front-facing child restraint system on the rear center seat, follow these steps:

1.

Position the front-facing child restraint system on the rear center seat.

Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.

2.

Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint system and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage.

SSS0513

3.

To prevent slack in the lap belt, it is necessary to secure the lap belt in place with a locking clip .

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-15

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Use the locking clip attached to the child restraint system, or one which is equivalent in dimensions and strength.

Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for belt routing.

4.

Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it. Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check if it is held securely in place.

5.

Make sure that the child restraint system is properly secured prior to each use.

Rear-facing:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

SSS0513

3.

To prevent slack in the lap belt, it is necessary to secure the lap belt in place with a locking clip

*

Use the locking clip attached to the child restraint

.

system, or one which is equivalent in dimensions and strength.

Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for belt routing.

4.

Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it. Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check if it is held securely in place.

5.

Make sure that the child restraint system is properly secured prior to each use.

SSS0514

If you must install a rear-facing child restraint system on the rear center seat, follow these steps:

1.

Position the rear-facing child restraint system on the rear center seat.

Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.

2.

Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint system and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage.

1-16

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(32,1)

Installation on front seat

GUID-87AAD441-F551-4F9E-8861-F522CD21959E

(33,1)

Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.

WARNING:

.

Never install a rear-facing child restraint on

the front passengers seat when the front

passengers air bag is equipped. Supple-

mental front-impact air bags inflate with great force. A rear-facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental frontimpact air bags in an accident and could seriously injure or kill your child.

.

Never install a child restraint with a top tether strap on the front seat.

.

NISSAN recommends that a child restraint system be installed on the rear seat. However, if you must install a front-facing child

restraint system on the front passengers

seat, move the passengers seat to the

rearmost position.

.

Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must

not be used on the front passengers seat

when the front passengers air bag is

SSS0300A

equipped.

Front-facing:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

SSS0515

4.

Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint system and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage.

SSS0627

SSS0513

If you must install a front-facing child restraint system on the front seat, follow these steps:

1.

Move the seat to the rearmost position .

2.

Adjust the head restraint to its highest position

.

3.

Position the front-facing child restraint system on the front passenger’s seat. It should be placed in the front-facing direction only.

5.

To prevent slack in the lap belt, it is necessary to secure the shoulder belt in place with a locking clip . Use the locking clip attached to the child restraint system, or one which is equivalent in dimensions and strength.

Be sure to follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for belt routing.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-17

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(34,1)

6.

Slide the seat forward so that the seat belt fully tightens the child restraint system.

7.

Test the child restraint system before you place the child in it. Tilt it from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check if it is held securely in place.

8.

Make sure that the child restraint system is properly secured prior to each use.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT

SYSTEM (SRS)

GUID-C9565E22-C501-4988-950F-1FA89677EC38

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RE-

STRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

GUID-7F89D46B-E3E8-4C41-B2DD-E8AD6CC5FD5D

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) section contains important information concerning the driver’s and passenger’s supplemental front-impact air bags.

Supplemental front-impact air bag system

GUID-F7C7E093-7D60-4532-B0A1-4F797E6C7E45

This system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest area of the driver and/or front passenger (if equipped) in certain frontal collisions.

The supplemental front-impact air bag is designed to inflate on the front where the vehicle is impacted.

Supplemental side-impact air bag system (if equipped)

GUID-D066B082-8428-4503-80B4-57F62BF2B8E4

This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis areas of the driver and front passenger in certain side-impact collisions. The supplemental side-impact air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag system (if equipped)

GUID-83E98776-EF16-4A70-9F02-E8790DEB5FB7

This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of the driver and passengers in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side-impact collisions. The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

The SRS is designed to supplement the accident protection provided by the driver’s seat belt and is not designed to substitute for it. The SRS can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, inflating air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries. Air bags do not provide protection to the lower body. Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupants should always be seated a suitable distance away from

1-18

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

the steering wheel. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).) The air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants. The force of the air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupants are too close to, or are against, the air bag modules during inflation.

The air bags will deflate quickly after deployment.

The SRS operates only when the ignition switch

is in the ONposition.

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition,

the SRS air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This indicates that the SRS is operational. (See

SRS air bag warning light(P.1-22).)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(35,1)

SSS0131A

SSS0006

WARNING:

.

The supplemental front-impact air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear the seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in accidents.

.

The seat belts and the supplemental frontimpact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat.

The front-impact air bags inflate with great force. If you are unrestrained, leaning for-

SSS0132A

ward, sitting sideways, or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in an accident. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front-impact air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel. Always use the seat belts.

SSS0007

SSS0008

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-19

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(36,1)

SSS0009

WARNING:

.

Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

.

Children may be severely injured or killed when the air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained.

.

Never install a rear-facing child restraint system in the front seat. An inflating supplemental front-impact air bag could seriously

injure or kill your child. (See Child re-

straints(P.1-10).)

SSS0099

SSS0059A

SSS0100

1-20

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

SSS0140

SSS0159

SSS0162

(37,1)

WARNING:

.

The supplemental side-impact air bags and supplemental curtain side-impact air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a front impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity side collision. Always wear the seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in accidents.

.

The seat belts and the supplemental sideimpact air bags and supplemental curtain side-impact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The supplemental side-impact air bags and supplemental curtain side-impact air bags inflate with great force. If you and your passengers are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways, or out of position in any way, you and your passengers are at greater risk of injury or death in an accident.

.

Do not allow anyone to place their hands, legs, or face near the supplemental sideimpact air bags and supplemental curtain side-impact air bags on the sides of the seatback of the front seats or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hands out of the windows or lean against the doors. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

.

When sitting in the rear seats, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seats. If the supplemental side-impact air bags and supplemental curtain side-impact air bags inflate, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be properly restrained.

.

Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They may interfere with the supplemental side-impact air bag inflations.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (if equipped)

GUID-4FBEBA10-36FA-4E99-8BF3-2B28ED3E9427

The pre-tensioner seat belt system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions.

Working with the seat belt retractor and anchor, it helps tighten the seat belt the instant the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front seat occupants. (See “Pre-tensioner seat belt system” (P.1-26).)

Air bag warning label

GUID-3DCEA6AF-3CF9-47FA-BC41-C0CA95CE4B45

Type A

SSS1029

JVR0085X

Type B

SRS air bag:

The warning label

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

* is located on the surface of the driver’s and/or passenger’s sun visor.

SRS front-impact passenger air bag (if equipped):

The warning label

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

*

(if equipped) is located on the side of the passenger’s side instrument panel.

This label warns you not to fit a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat as such a restraint system used in this position could cause serious injury to the infant in case of air bag deployment during a collision.

In vehicles equipped with a front-impact passenger air bag system, use a rear-facing child restraint system only on the rear seats. “Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it!"

When installing a child restraint system in your vehicle, always follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation. For additional information, see “Child restraints” (P.1-10).

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-21

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(38,1)

SRS air bag warning light

GUID-936E937B-913F-4715-BE98-7F165F18DF0A

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

GUID-4FFFFCA9-E3E1-4843-9D2E-B8B2F779059B

SPA1097

The SRS air bag warning light, displaying in the instrument panel, monitors the circuits for the air bag systems, pre-tensioner seat belt system and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the

SRS air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This indicates that the SRS air bag systems are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the air bag and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systems need servicing:

.

The SRS air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.

.

The SRS air bag warning light flashes intermittently.

.

The SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate at all.

Under these conditions, the air bag and/or pretensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly.

They must be checked and repaired. Contact a

NISSAN dealer immediately.

1.

Crash zone sensor

2.

Supplemental front-impact air bag modules (if equipped for front passenger)

3.

Supplemental side air bag modules (if equipped)

4.

Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags (if equipped)

5.

Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag inflators (if equipped)

JVR0262X

6.

Satellite sensors (if equipped)

7.

Seat belt pre-tensioner retractors (if equipped)

8.

Supplemental air bag diagnosis sensor unit

WARNING:

.

Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad. Do not place any objects between the driver and steering wheel pad.

Such objects may become dangerous pro-

1-22

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(39,1)

jectiles and cause injury if a supplemental air bag inflates.

.

Immediately after inflation, several supplemental air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them: you may severely burn yourself.

.

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag systems. This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bags or damage to the supplemental air bag systems.

.

Do not make unauthorized changes to your

vehicles electrical system, suspension sys-

tem or front end structure. This could affect proper operation of the supplemental air bag systems.

.

Tampering with the supplemental air bag systems may result in serious personal injury. Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel by placing materials over the steering wheel pad and above, and by installing additional trim materials around the supplemental air bag systems.

.

Work around and on the supplemental air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer. The SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the supplemental air bag systems.

.

The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and/or orange for easy identification.

When the air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental front-impact air bag system

GUID-9D893C45-DE18-4EDC-A5C2-BB2E0A3E017F

The driver’s supplemental front-impact air bag is located at the center of the steering wheel. The passenger’s supplemental front-impact air bag (if equipped) is located at the instrument panel above the glove box.

The supplemental front-impact air bag system is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain frontal collisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper supplemental front-impact air bag system operation.

Supplemental side-impact air bag system (if equipped)

GUID-9A51A9B4-7DF9-4DAC-9110-B8C5EFD03189

SSS0978

The supplemental side-impact air bag is located at the outside of the front seats’ seatbacks.

The supplemental side-impact air bag system is designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact. It may not inflate in certain side collisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper supplemental side-impact air bag system operation.

Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag system (if equipped)

GUID-F74F6D98-D686-4B7A-8D7F-87C20FCCF64C

The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag is located at the roof rails.

The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag system is designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact. It may not inflate in certain side collisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper supplemental curtain side-impact air bag system operation.

SRS AIR BAG DEPLOYMENT CONDITIONS

GUID-B2935F18-BD1D-4569-BE69-70C167403FBB

The SRS air bags activate in the event of a front or side impact in which the vehicle occupants may be severely injured even if they are wearing the seat belts properly.

They may not activate when the crash energy is absorbed and/or distributed by the vehicle body.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper SRS air bag system operation.

When the SRS air bag will deploy

GUID-A10682F2-BA8D-4894-BED4-12B46DF61E52

Supplemental front-impact air bags:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

The supplemental front-impact air bag system is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions.

Some examples are shown in the following illustrations.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-23

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(40,1)

JVR0070X

The supplemental front-impact air bag system will deploy in the event of an impact which exceeds a 25 km/h frontal collision with a solid wall that does not move or deform.

The supplemental front-impact air bag system may also deploy when the vehicle receives severe damage to the undercarriage.

JVR0072X

(supplemental side-impact air bag system)

JVR0071X

.

Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard surface at high speed

.

Falling into a deep hole or ditch

.

Landing hard on the ground after jumping

Supplemental side-impact and curtain side-impact air bags (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

The supplemental side-impact and curtain side-impact air bag systems are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions. Some examples are shown in the following illustrations.

JVR0073X

(supplemental curtain side-impact air bag system)

.

The supplemental side-impact and curtain sideimpact air bags will deploy in the event of a side impact with a normal passenger vehicle that exceeds at a speed of 25 km/h.

When the SRS air bag is unlikely to deploy

GUID-78E82B1C-3232-404F-85FA-2F75C2968FA6

The SRS air bags may not deploy in cases where the impact is not forceful enough to inflate the SRS air bags.

For example, if the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or deform on impact, the SRS air bags are unlikely to deploy.

1-24

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(41,1)

Supplemental front-impact air bags:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Supplemental side-impact and curtain side-impact air bags (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

JVR0074X

.

Striking a vehicle of the same class that is parked

.

Crashing into a solid utility pole

JVR0076X

.

A collision from the side at an angle

.

A side impact with a two-wheeled vehicle

JVR0078X

.

A frontal offset impact to the guard rails

.

A collision with a pole

When the SRS air bag will not deploy

GUID-8121BC91-75E7-4744-92A2-4A66EA5B0689

Once the SRS air bag has inflated, the air bag module will not function again if your vehicle collides with another vehicle or an object.

Other examples where the SRS air bag will not deploy are shown in the following illustrations.

Supplemental front-impact air bags:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

.

Running under the tail gate of a truck

.

A frontal offset impact to the guard rails

JVR0075X

JVR0077X

.

A collision from the side impacting the vehicle engine room (trunk)

.

Vehicle rollover

JVR0079X

.

A collision from the side or rear

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1-25

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(42,1)

.

Vehicle rollover

Supplemental side-impact and curtain side-impact air bags (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

JVR0080X

.

A frontal collision with a parked or moving vehicle

.

A rear collision

PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-B99CD8AE-7A91-4B2C-9ACA-0A9FE047F386

WARNING:

.

The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation. It must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit.

.

If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but the pre-tensioner is not activated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner system checked and, if necessary, replaced by a

NISSAN dealer.

.

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner seat belt system. This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre-tensioner seat belt system.

.

Work around or on the pre-tensioner seat belt system should be done by a NISSAN dealer. The SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner seat belt system.

.

If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner seat belt system, or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Correct pre-tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual.

Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.

The pre-tensioner seat belt system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions.

Working with the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the front seat belt’s retractor and anchor. These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the release of smoke.

This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire.

Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.

1-26

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE-

DURE

GUID-7B3FE17B-4DA6-477D-B10E-33AE5B1A0563

WARNING:

.

Once the air bags have been inflated, the air bag modules will not function and must be replaced. The air bag modules must be replaced by a NISSAN dealer. The inflated air bag modules cannot be repaired.

.

The air bag systems should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle.

.

If you need to dispose of the SRS or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Correct disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.

The air bags are designed to activate on a one-timeonly basis. As a reminder, unless the SRS air bag warning light is damaged, the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred.

The repair and replacement of the SRS should be done only by a NISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on the vehicle, information about the air bags and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance. The ignition switch should always be in the

“LOCK” position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

2 Instruments and controls

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable

(45,1)

>

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

INSTRUMENT PANEL

GUID-1F958390-6C8F-4C1F-8910-CE08A3E243F1

LEFT-HAND DRIVE (LHD) MODEL

GUID-5C86CB03-22B0-4DF3-8C88-DBCB863DCD1C

1.

Headlight, fog light* and turn signal switch

2.

Steering-wheel-mounted controls*

3.

Driver’s front-impact air bag/Horn

4.

Meters and gauges

5.

Wiper and washer switch

6.

Hazard indicator flasher switch

7.

Center ventilator

2-2

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

JVC0227X

8.

Passenger’s front-impact air bag*

9.

Side ventilator

10.

Fuel filler lid release handle

11.

Hood lock release handle

12.

Outside rearview mirror control switch*

13.

Ignition switch/steering lock

14.

Tilting steering wheel lock lever

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(46,1)

15.

Audio system*

16.

Cup holder

17.

Cigarette lighter*

18.

Heater and air conditioner control

19.

Rear window defogger switch

20.

Glove box

*: if equipped

(47,1)

RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL

GUID-249512B7-807E-438A-94B2-065142865AA9

17.

Rear window defogger switch

18.

Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system)

19.

Tilting steering wheel lock lever

20.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch*

(except for Australia)

21.

Ignition switch (model without Intelligent Key system)/steering lock

22.

Hood lock release handle

23.

Fuel filler lid release handle

24.

Idling stop OFF switch* or

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch (for

Australia)

25.

Headlight aiming control switch*

26.

Outside rearview mirror control switch*

*: if equipped

1.

Side ventilator

2.

Passenger’s front-impact air bag*

3.

Center ventilator

4.

Hazard indicator flasher switch

5.

Wiper and washer switch

6.

Steering-wheel-mounted controls*

7.

Meters and gauges

8.

Driver’s front-impact air bag/Horn

Condition: 'Except for China'/

9.

Headlight and turn signal switch

10.

Fuse box cover

11.

Glove box

12.

Audio system*

13.

USB/AUX connector*

14.

Heater and air conditioner control

15.

Power outlet*

16.

Cup holder

JVC0544X

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Instruments and controls

2-3

METERS AND GAUGES

GUID-907734FC-12DD-47F2-8AC5-A3DE1D56A157

JVC0541X

1.

Tachometer*

2.

Speedometer

3.

Warning/indicator lights

4.

Trip odometer reset switch/Trip computer mode switch

Type A

8.

Fuel gauge

*: if equipped

The needle indicators may move slightly after

the ignition switch is placed in the OFFor

LOCKposition. This is not a malfunction.

5.

Clock settings switch

6.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator*

7.

Odometer/Twin trip odometer/Trip computer

2-4

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(48,1)

(49,1)

LOCKposition. This is not a malfunction.

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY (for Type

B)

GUID-4C2A94FC-C599-4034-9065-F83A94183241

1.

Tachometer

2.

Engine coolant temperature gauge

3.

Vehicle information display

— Odometer/Twin trip odometer

— Trip computer

— Clock

— Outside air temperature*

— Instrument brightness control display

4.

Fuel gauge

JVI0165X

Type B

5.

Speedometer

6.

Warning/indicator lights

7.

Instrument brightness control knob

8.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator*

9.

Trip odometer reset switch/Trip computer mode switch

*: if equipped

The needle indicators may move slightly after

the ignition switch is placed in the OFFor

JVI0180X

When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position, the vehicle information display shows the following information.

.

Odometer/twin trip odometer

.

Trip computer

.

Clock

.

Outside air temperature (if equipped)

.

Instrument brightness control display

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

GUID-A922885E-959F-4662-B3C0-896EEF5BDDD6

Speedometer

GUID-67581E68-5C70-473C-B8AE-F4FA2308A076

The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed.

Instruments and controls

2-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(50,1)

Type A

JVI0171X

Type B

JVI0172X

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

GUID-4EE9921B-8A6E-4E9A-8B7C-611F0EC62C0D

Type A

Type B

JVI0264X

JVI0791X

JVI0173X

Type C

The odometer/twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

The odometer displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer individual trips.

displays the distance of

Changing twin trip odometer display:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the reset switch

* to change the display as follows:

ODO ? TRIP A ? TRIP B ? Trip computer mode ?

ODO

For trip computer information, see “Trip computer”

(P.2-7).

Resetting twin trip odometer:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the reset switch for more than 1 second to reset the trip odometer to zero.

2-6

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(51,1)

TRIP COMPUTER

GUID-112A0104-A2E2-4526-A029-F83A367F1514

Type A

JVI0265X

JVI0174X

Type B

The switch for the trip computer is located on the meter panel .

Trip computer appears on the display .

When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position, the trip computer can be selected by pushing the trip computer mode switch .

Each time the trip computer mode switch pushed, the display will change as follows: is

ODO ? (TRIP A ? TRIP B) ? Current fuel consumption ? Average fuel consumption ? Distance to empty (dte — km)? Outside air temperature

(if equipped for Type B)? Clock settings mode

Current fuel consumption

GUID-0716F973-6A80-44EB-98C9-B19D4E40532D

The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption.

Average fuel consumption (km/L)

GUID-D0600C67-9472-4ABF-B9A0-CEA0B7CCAA1E

The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset. Resetting is done by pushing the trip computer mode switch for longer than 1 second.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. At about the first 500 m (1/3 miles) after a reset, the display shows

“---”.

Distance to empty (dte — km)

GUID-CBB1BCDD-3623-4772-A7ED-B82E7159A26F

The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling. The dte is constantly being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warning feature: when the fuel level is low, the dte mode is automatically selected and the digits blink in order to draw the driver’s attention. Push the trip computer mode switch to return to the mode that was selected before the warning occurred.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte display will change to “----”.

.

If the amount of fuel added is small, the display just before the ignition switch is turned off may continue to be displayed.

.

When driving uphill or rounding curves, the fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the display.

Outside air temperature (if equipped for Type

B)

GUID-1F5D3B98-0A21-4C77-9ABE-37BFAA94E41E

The outside air temperature is displayed in 8C .

When the outside air temperature decreases to 3 8C

(37 8F) or lower, the outside air temperature display blinks to give a warning.

The display will stop blinking after 1 minute or when the outside air temperature increases to 48C (398F) or above.

Clock settings mode

GUID-6DA75A70-8A09-4385-9CB1-2C37EB8D7763

For clock adjustment, see “Clock” (P.2-25).

Resetting displays

GUID-9A22C714-4885-436B-BB9A-5B716671193C

When the average fuel consumption or TRIP B is displayed, push the trip computer mode switch for longer than 3 seconds. The display of average fuel consumption and trip odometer (TRIP B only) will be reset at the same time.

Maintenance information (if equipped for Type

B)

GUID-C72C2B26-BFFE-41A3-B205-EE96A0C477A1

JVI0536X

When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position, maintenance information (the wrench symbol and distance to change a maintenance item)

Instruments and controls

2-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(52,1) comes on for about 5 seconds and then turns off.

The wrench symbol appears when the set distance comes for changing an item, such as engine oil.

To set the distance to change an item:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Place the ignition switch in the “ON” position.

Push the trip computer mode switch for 3 seconds while the wrench symbol and maintenance information are displayed. The symbol and distance display will start flashing and the display shows the current interval.

2.

Push the switch distance.

to increase the interval

Each step increases the interval distance by 1,000 km (500 miles). The interval distance can be set up to 30,000 km (18,000 miles) after the display returns to 0 (zero).

3.

If no further action is made, the display returns to the previous mode and the new interval is set.

If the interval distance is set to 0, the display will skip the maintenance information when the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position.

TACHOMETER (if equipped)

GUID-F01CE1CD-E218-43A5-BB30-B5BEDEE6E743

Type A

JVI0175X

JVI0176X

Type B

The tachometer indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm).

Do not rev the engine into the red zone .

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

GAUGE (for Type B)

GUID-A7B78993-7E79-4AFC-BDE0-E59D4D95BC83

JVI0177X

The engine coolant temperature gauge the engine coolant temperature.

indicates

The engine coolant temperature is normal when the gauge is within the zone shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION:

.

If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature.

.

If the gauge is over the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible.

.

If the engine is overheated, continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine. (See “If your vehicle overheats”

(P.6-10) for immediate action required.)

2-8

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(53,1)

FUEL GAUGE

GUID-3B5182A9-CC28-468E-87BB-E2BF5A06BF4F

The arrow, , indicates that the fuel filler lid is located on the left side of the vehicle.

CAUTION:

Refuel before the gauge reads 0 (empty).

There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reads 0 (empty).

Type A

GUID-1B0D3F48-2B52-4892-BB73-5E9E6AF19839

Type B and Type C

GUID-5C242FE2-8E0E-4268-A6A1-52D788E162D6

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (AT)/CON-

TINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION

(CVT) POSITION INDICATOR (if equipped)

GUID-BB579205-D15A-4DE2-9FE2-D071104AD638

JVI0789X

Type B

JVC0031X

Type A

JVI0728X

Example

The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

The gauge may move slightly during braking, turning, accelerating, or going up and down hills due to movement of fuel in the tank.

The low fuel warning light blinks when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the gauge reads 0.

JVI0178X

The fuel gauge

Type C

indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

The gauge may move slightly during braking, turning, accelerating, or going up and down hills due to movement of fuel in the tank.

Type C: The low fuel warning light illuminates when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the gauge reads 0.

JVI0179X

Type B

The Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator indicates the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

Instruments and controls

2-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL

(for Type B)

GUID-F42EBC67-A714-4510-8DD2-549B9739B5E3

JVI0181X

The instrument brightness control (if equipped) operates when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

Push the control knob

* to decrease the brightness of the meter panel lights. The brightness indicator will be shown briefly in the display when the control knob is pushed.

If the brightness mode reaches the minimum level, the next time the switch is pressed, the brightness will return to the maximum level.

When the brightness level reaches the maximum or minimum, a beep will sound.

2-10

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(54,1)

(55,1)

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

GUID-BAA97314-9A1C-4CC9-B3E6-8F876AC2D7D7

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light*

Brake warning light

Charge warning light

Door open warning light

Electric power steering warning light

Engine oil pressure warning light

High temperature warning light (red)*

Intelligent Key system warning light*

Low fuel warning light*

P position selecting warning light*

Seat belt warning light*

Speed [120 km/h (75 MPH)] warning light*

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light*

Water-in-fuel-filter warning light (diesel engine model)

Engine start operation indicator light*

Front fog lights indicator light*

Glow plug indicator light (diesel engine model)

High beam indicator light

Idling Stop System indicator light*

Low temperature indicator light (green)*

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Overdrive off indicator light*

Rear fog light indicator light*

Security indicator light*

Small light indicator light*

SPORT mode indicator light*

Turn signals/hazard indicator lights

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light*

*: if equipped

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Instruments and controls

2-11

(56,1)

CHECKING BULBS

GUID-F937479D-33AA-4167-9E28-4A6211A42863

With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, fasten the seat belts and place the ignition switch in the “ON” position without starting the engine. The following lights will illuminate: , , , , .

If equipped, the following lights will illuminate briefly and then turn off: , , , , .

(red), (green), , , .

If any lights fail to illuminate, it may indicate a burnedout bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system.

Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.

WARNING LIGHTS

GUID-E0FF291B-185D-4A5A-AB17-1267283D18F4

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light (if equipped)

GUID-5BE9956F-572D-4251-97F3-EB1B3610C134

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked by a

NISSAN dealer promptly.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. (See “Anti-lock

Braking System (ABS)” (P.5-27).)

Brake warning light

GUID-5AB86BD3-FF13-4A3A-96DC-97A93020EE64

WARNING:

.

If the brake fluid level is below the minimum mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive the vehicle until the brake system has been checked by a NISSAN dealer.

.

Even if you judge it to be safe, have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous.

.

Depressing the foot brake pedal without the engine running and/or with a low brake fluid level could increase the stopping distance and require greater pedal travel distance and effort.

The brake warning light indicates the parking brake system operation, a low brake fluid level of the brake system and an Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) malfunction.

Parking brake warning indicator:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, and the parking brake is applied, the brake warning light illuminates. When the parking brake is released, the brake warning light turns off.

If the parking brake is not fully released, the brake warning light remains on. Be sure that the brake warning light has turned off before driving. (See

“Parking brake” (P.3-23).)

Low brake fluid warning indicator:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

If the brake warning light illuminates while the engine is running, or while driving, and the parking brake is released, it may indicate the brake fluid level is low.

When the brake warning light illuminates while driving, stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Stop the engine and check the brake fluid level. If the brake fluid level is below the minimum mark on the reservoir, add brake fluid as necessary. (See “Brake fluid” (P.8-17).)

If the brake fluid level is sufficient, have the brake system checked by a NISSAN dealer promptly.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning indicator (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake warning light and the

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the brake system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.

(See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”

(P.2-12).)

Charge warning light

GUID-E94F9BD7-CE98-4064-9208-A955C7402B45

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the charge warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the charge warning light turns off. This indicates the charging system is operational.

If the charge warning light illuminates while the engine is running, or while driving, it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly and may need servicing.

When the charge warning light illuminates while driving, stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.

Stop the engine and check the alternator belt. If the alternator belt is loose, broken or missing, the charging system needs repair. (See “Drive belts” (P.8-14).)

If the alternator belt appears to be functioning correctly but the charge warning light remains illuminated, have the charging system checked by a NISSAN dealer promptly.

2-12

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(57,1)

CAUTION:

Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

GUID-3B9FB7E3-A064-4CF4-A0E3-D03691F1419D

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the door open warning light illuminates if any of the doors are open or not closed securely.

Electric power steering warning light

GUID-23DA4F88-2C00-4E7D-A28A-186AC475C1F8

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the electric power steering warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the electric power steering warning light turns off. This indicates the electric power steering system is operational.

If the electric power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may indicate the electric power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the electric power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, the power assist to the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle. At this time, greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

(See “Electric power steering system” (P.5-25).)

Engine oil pressure warning light

GUID-8BD634C4-8D62-47F8-9B18-FB18B5067E7F

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the engine oil pressure warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the engine oil pressure warning light turns off. This indicates that the oil pressure sensors in the engine are operational.

If the engine oil pressure warning light illuminates or blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate that the engine oil pressure is low.

Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION:

.

Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light illuminated could cause serious damage to the engine.

.

The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level. The oil level should be checked using the dipstick.

(See “Engine oil” (P.8-10).)

High temperature warning light (red) (if equipped)

GUID-DBEEB663-F200-45A0-9662-3B1D52EF599B

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the high temperature warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates that the high temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is operational.

CAUTION:

.

If the high temperature warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may indicate the engine temperature is extremely high.

.

Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.

.

If the vehicle is overheated, continuing vehicle operation may seriously damage the engine. (See “If your vehicle overheats”

(P.6-10) for the immediate action required.)

Intelligent Key system warning light (if equipped)

GUID-01F1323F-CB53-43E4-87E8-3A89786AE29E

After the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position, this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off.

This light illuminates or blinks as follows:

.

The light blinks in yellow when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

.

The light blinks in green when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power. Replace the battery with a new one. See “Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-23).

.

The light illuminates in yellow when it warns of a malfunction with the electrical steering lock system or the Intelligent Key system.

If the warning light illuminates in yellow while the engine is stopped, it may be impossible to free the steering lock or to start the engine. If the light comes on while the engine is running, you can drive the vehicle. However in these cases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible.

Instruments and controls

2-13

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(58,1)

Low fuel warning light (if equipped)

GUID-873D7089-BB17-4FF0-B9F7-84C05C607FE4

The low fuel warning light illuminates when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty (0) position. There will be a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty (0) position.

P position selecting warning light (if equipped)

GUID-04F63909-FA92-40BE-8846-C2249425457D

The warning light blinks in red when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the shift lever in any position except the “P” (Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the shift lever to the “P”

(Park) position or push the ignition switch to the “ON” position.

An inside warning chime will also sound.

(See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-8).)

Seat belt warning light (if equipped)

GUID-905907A4-9945-4F2E-A6AA-336F37383C75

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the seat belt warning light illuminates. The light will continue to illuminate until the driver’s seat belt is fastened.

When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (10 MPH), the light will blink and the chime will sound unless the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened. The chime will continue to sound for about 90 seconds until the seat belt is fastened.

(See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).)

Speed [120 km/h (75 MPH)] warning light (if equipped)

GUID-B1868479-D35C-4C22-852F-996F8E9FD7D9

This light blinks when the vehicle speed goes over approximately 120 km/h (75 MPH). Be sure to observe the speed limit in the area where you are driving.

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light

GUID-F6A2270F-8C94-4E75-A8E8-C6AC3FE6063F

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.

This indicates that the SRS air bag system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the SRS air bag system and pre-tensioner seat belt need servicing.

Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.

.

The SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated after about 7 seconds.

.

The SRS air bag warning light flashes intermittently.

.

The SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the SRS air bag system and/or pre-tensioner seat belt may not function properly. (See “Supplemental air bag systems” (P.1-

22).)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (if equipped)

GUID-C5AC2AFB-ADC4-4DCD-A019-8C3615F2531A

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the VDC system is operational.

The warning light blinks when the VDC system is operating.

When the warning light blinks while driving, the driving condition is slippery and the vehicle’s traction limit is about to be exceeded.

If the warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position, it may indicate that the

VDC system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC system function will be cancelled but the vehicle is still driveable. (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-21).)

Water-in-fuel-filter warning light (diesel engine model)

GUID-35DEB554-AFA3-4216-B7C8-8701EBBAC83C

If the water-in-fuel-filter warning light illuminates while the engine is running, drain the water from the fuel filter promptly. See “Fuel filter (diesel engine model)” (P.8-

13).

CAUTION:

Continuing vehicle operation without properly draining could cause serious damage to the engine.

2-14

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(59,1)

INDICATOR LIGHTS

GUID-09B38E16-00AE-4261-814F-BFACCE95D422

Engine start operation indicator light (if equipped)

GUID-2D3757AC-781B-442B-87A1-5752C0E7B5AD

This light appears when the shift lever is in the “P”

(Park) position (Automatic Transmission/Continuously

Variable Transmission model) or “N” (Neutral) position

(Manual Transmission model). This light means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal (AT/CVT model) or the clutch pedal (MT model) depressed. You can start the engine directly in any position.

Front fog lights indicator light (if equipped)

GUID-43717DE8-BA4C-4479-8130-BBC0676CD8A0

The front fog lights indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are on. (See “Fog light switch” (P.2-

20).)

Glow plug indicator light (diesel engine model)

GUID-869DF67E-36E6-4BB1-AB60-CC7935E3452D

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the glow plug indicator light illuminates and turns off after the glow plugs have warmed up. If the glow plugs have already warmed up, the glow plug indicator flashes briefly and then turns off.

High beam indicator light

GUID-3DDEAD02-756A-4757-9483-78381AEB1179

The high beam indicator light illuminates when the headlight high beam is “ON”. The indicator turns off when the low beam is selected. (See “Headlight and turn signal switch” (P.2-18).)

Idling Stop System indicator light (if equipped for Thailand)

GUID-DCC70FD7-684A-4AB1-9D08-70586A580398

The Idling Stop System indicator light illuminates in the meter when the Idling Stop System is activated.

The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at a high speed, when the driver’s door or the engine hood is open.

The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at a low speed, when the Idling Stop System is malfunctioning.

NOTE:

.

When the Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at a high speed (twice approximately every one second):

Be sure to check if the drivers door is

open.

Be sure to check if the engine hood is

open. When the engine hood is opened the engine will be in the normal stopped state. In this case, restart the engine with the ignition switch.

.

When the Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at a low speed (once approximately every two seconds) , have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a

NISSAN dealer promptly.

Idling Stop System indicator light (for

Hong Kong)

GUID-0DB2F03D-575D-4A77-BB80-B3F42F946FD3

The Idling Stop System indicator light illuminates in the meter when the Idling Stop System is activated or is in the ready state.

The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at a high speed when the engine hood is open.

The Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at a low speed, when the Idling Stop System is malfunctioning.

NOTE:

.

When the Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at a high speed (twice approximately every one second), be sure to check if the engine hood is open. When the engine hood is opened the engine will be in the normal stopped state. In this case, restart the engine with the ignition switch.

.

When the Idling Stop System indicator light blinks at a low speed (once approximately every two seconds) , have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a

NISSAN dealer promptly.

.

Even if the Idling Stop System indicator light illuminates before stopping your vehicle, the

Idling Stop System may not activate when you are driving on an uphill or downhill grade, or when the steering wheel is operated, etc.

Low temperature indicator light (green)

(if equipped)

GUID-FAEE3A22-2F45-4A6D-9989-33932E0D3C7A

The low temperature indicator light illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is low.

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the low temperature indicator light illuminates and then turns off after the engine coolant has warmed up.

If the low temperature indicator light stays illuminated after the engine has sufficiently warmed up, it may indicate the low temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.

Instruments and controls

2-15

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(60,1)

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

GUID-4108685A-575B-4FCF-86A5-54D1CB89594F

CAUTION:

.

Continuing vehicle operation without proper servicing of the engine control system could lead to poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, and damage to the engine control system, which may affect the vehicle’s warranty coverage.

.

Incorrect setting of the engine control system may lead to non-compliance of local and national emission laws and regulations.

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) illuminates. After starting the engine, the MIL turns off. This indicates that the engine control system is operational.

If the MIL illuminates or blinks (if equipped) while the engine is running, it may indicate that the engine control system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on steady:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

An engine control system malfunction has been detected. Have the vehicle checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer.

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) blinking (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the engine control system. Have the vehicle checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly.

Precautions:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To reduce or avoid possible damage to the engine control system when the MIL illuminates:

.

Avoid driving at speeds above 70 km/h (43 MPH).

.

Avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration.

.

Avoid going up steep uphill grades.

.

Avoid carrying or towing unnecessary loads.

Overdrive off indicator light (if equipped)

GUID-244C5345-FDDA-4C33-833A-648148B24D5F

The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive is turned OFF. (See “Driving with Automatic

Transmission (AT)” (P.5-10) for the use of the overdrive off switch.)

Rear fog light indicator light (if equipped)

GUID-1F5B6DAC-A658-4B14-B687-F0DFE761CFD6

The rear fog light indicator light illuminates when the rear fog light is on. (See “Fog light switch” (P.2-20).)

Small light indicator light (if equipped)

GUID-E36ED1F8-2782-4AFF-AD7F-C0EE4329B180

The small light indicator light illuminates when the front clearance lights, instrument panel lights, rear combination lights and license plate lights are on. The indicator light turns off when these lights are turned off.

SPORT mode indicator light (if equipped)

GUID-9070A2CE-6F32-4BE0-9D0D-9B5378CDB880

The SPORT mode indicator light illuminates when the

SPORT mode is turned “ON”. (See “Driving with

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)” (P.5-13) for the use of the SPORT mode switch.)

Turn signals/hazard indicator lights

GUID-0C08F9BE-1259-4C32-A5CE-565955DD4D37

The turn signals/hazard indicator lights blink when the turn signal switch lever or hazard indicator flasher switch is “ON”. (See “Headlight and turn signal switch”

(P.2-18) or “Hazard indicator flasher switch” (P.6-2).)

Security indicator light (if equipped)

GUID-6737FA7E-C7CA-4C05-981E-34875BDC66B2

The security indicator light blinks when the ignition switch is in the “LOCK”, “OFF” or “ACC” position. This function indicates the NATS (NISSAN Anti-Theft

System)* equipped on the vehicle is operational.

(* immobilizer)

If NATS is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. (See

“Security system” (P.3-17) for additional information.)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light (if equipped)

GUID-25535B06-DD4B-40D0-A31A-92B5F12BA576

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light illuminates when the VDC off switch is pushed to the

“OFF” position.

When the VDC off switch is pushed to the “OFF” position, the VDC system is turned off. (See “Vehicle

Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-21).)

2-16

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(61,1)

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

GUID-25FC9D17-6455-4813-AF47-458687DA2DE8

Brake pad wear warning

GUID-42101CDF-43F6-4D32-B9D2-ACD007C7F0D4

The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings.

When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard.

Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See “Brakes” (P.8-

15).)

Key reminder chime

GUID-B0650CF7-195A-446D-B67C-5A71CDF5E373

The key reminder chime will sound if any of the following operations are detected:

Model with Intelligent Key system:

.

The driver’s door is opened while the ignition switch is in the “ACC” position.

Model without Intelligent Key system:

.

The driver’s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch and the ignition switch is in the

“ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK” position (Type A).

.

The driver’s door is locked with the power door lock switch with the door open while the key is left in the ignition switch and the ignition switch is in the “ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK” position (Type B).

Be sure that the ignition switch is switched to the

“LOCK” position when the door is opened, and carry the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle.

For the Intelligent Key system, an inside or outside chime will sound under some conditions. When a chime sounds, be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-

8).)

Light reminder chime

GUID-28B837DE-A230-45E3-9A43-5D64A24A7C76

The light reminder chime will sound if the driver’s door is opened while the headlight switch is in the or position and the ignition switch is in the “ACC”,

“OFF” or “LOCK” position.

Be sure to turn the light switch to the “OFF” position when you leave the vehicle.

Parking brake reminder chime

GUID-B80A3D8C-224E-48DA-A89C-D15FFA961236

The parking brake reminder chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at more than 7 km/h (4 MPH) with the parking brake applied. Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake.

Seat belt warning chime (if equipped)

GUID-B99FE89D-3C9F-4A4C-AB65-E1DD2FF63913

When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (10 MPH), the chime will sound unless the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened. The chime will continue to sound for about 90 seconds until the seat belt is fastened.

Idling Stop System reminder buzzer (if equipped for Thailand)

GUID-6F29B31F-BD3F-4055-9001-73813E632261

The Idling Stop System reminder buzzer will sound if the driver’s door or the engine hood is opened while the Idling Stop System is activated.

Idling Stop System reminder buzzer (for Hong

Kong)

GUID-20B34648-74B3-43D5-AEE0-7A72FE54F044

The Idling Stop System reminder buzzer will sound if the engine hood is opened while the Idling Stop

System is activated.

Reverse reminder chime (if equipped)

GUID-3902358A-0734-4C39-8B69-1037E7FAF766

The chime will sound inside the vehicle to remind the driver if the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) position while the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. This is not a chime to remind people outside the vehicle.

Instruments and controls

2-17

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(62,1)

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL

SWITCH

GUID-6CE214B9-19DE-4159-84D8-2460178800A4

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

GUID-2E6B824B-C09F-4F4C-A942-556DF911636C

Type A

JVI0370X

JVI0343X

Type B

NISSAN recommends that you consult the local regulations concerning the use of lights.

The

position

GUID-7647D991-88A6-4CB7-AA85-C2350DF02974 position turns on the front clearance lights, instrument panel lights, rear combination lights and other lights.

The

position

GUID-15242FF5-B58E-467A-A6D4-12842D922048 position turns on the headlights in addition to the other lights.

Headlight beam

GUID-FF3A6707-E274-4312-8981-40177FA61E39

Type A

JVI0371X

JVI0344X

Type B

To turn on the high beam, push the lever towards the front position .

To turn off the high beam, return the lever to the neutral position .

To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards the rearmost position . The headlights can be flashed even when the headlights are not on.

When the lever is pulled towards the rearmost position

* after the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” or

“LOCK” position, the headlight will turn on and stay on for 30 seconds. The lever can be pulled 4 times for up to 2 minutes (if equipped).

Daytime running light system (if equipped)

GUID-B4C6E4FB-36B4-4E00-8D30-1385A7D57F85

The daytime running lights will come on after starting the engine.

When the light switch is turned to the the daytime running lights will turn off.

position,

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-0FAA45A8-83CB-4312-9D07-3B9EAF123306

The light reminder chime will sound if the driver’s door is opened while the following improper operations are found:

.

The headlight switch is in either the or position, and the ignition switch in the “ACC”,

“OFF” or “LOCK” position.

Be sure to turn the headlight switch to the “OFF” position when you leave the vehicle.

Type A

GUID-A80A0396-DEF2-4959-B77B-6E7726AE7AE8

When the headlight switch is in the or position while the engine is running, the lights will automatically turn off after placing the ignition switch in the “ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK” position and opening the driver’s side door.

When the headlight switch remains in either the or position after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position or the engine is started.

2-18

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(63,1)

Type B

GUID-F113CC49-0989-4DA0-B376-FD9597F8B3E4

If the doors are closed and locked with the remote controller, the Intelligent Key or the door request switch (if equipped) while the headlight switch is in either the or position, the battery saver function will turn off the lights to prevent the battery from being discharged. The lights will turn on when the doors are being opened.

CAUTION:

Do not leave the lights on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time to prevent the battery from being discharged.

HEADLIGHT AIMING CONTROL (if equipped)

GUID-F6B313F5-3338-4533-ADF9-2EB54D27B875 than normal.

If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road, the headlights may directly shine on the rearview and outside mirrors of a vehicle ahead or the windshield of an oncoming vehicle, which may obscure other drivers’ vision.

To adjust to the proper aiming height, turn the switch accordingly. The higher the number designated on the switch, the lower the headlight axis.

For Hong Kong:

Select the switch position by referring to the following samples.

Switch position

0

1

2

3

Number of front seat occupants

1 or 2

2

2

1

Number of rear seat occupants

No occupants

3

Weight of load in luggage compartment

No load

3

No occupants

No load

Approximately 65 kg (143 lb)

Approximately

258 kg (569 lb)

For the Middle East:

Select the switch position by referring to the following samples.

Switch position

0

Number of front seat occupants

1 or 2

Number of rear seat occupants

No occupants

3

Weight of load in luggage compartment

No load

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

3

3 1

No occupants

*1: For mid grade models

*2: Except for mid grade models

No load

Approximately 24 kg (53 lb)*1

Approximately 65 kg (143 lb)*2

Approximately

258 kg (569 lb)

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

GUID-4ADE663B-AD64-4741-B0F4-B89959A0DD95

JVI0372X

Type A

SIC2275

The headlight aiming control operates when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position and the headlight is on to allow the headlight axis to be adjusted according to the driving condition.

When driving with no heavy load/luggage or driving on a flat road, select the normal position “0”.

If the number of occupants and load/luggage in the vehicle changes, the headlight axis may become higher

Instruments and controls

2-19

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(64,1)

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if equipped)

GUID-FE79A320-47DF-4BDB-966F-1094CB387D99

FRONT FOG LIGHTS (if equipped)

GUID-A395DC1B-CCDC-453E-970E-5625857EB212

REAR FOG LIGHT (if equipped)

GUID-2994023E-9B4D-46E6-A5A5-8285353A8CEC

JVI0345X

Type B

CAUTION:

The turn signal switch will not be cancelled automatically if the steering wheel turning angle does not exceed the preset amount. After the turn or lane change, make sure that the turn signal switch is returned to its original position.

Turn signal

GUID-2A2EA500-A3AA-499B-8E53-BC04AC2D4B00

To turn on the turn signals, move the lever up

* or down towards the desired direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signal cancels automatically.

Lane change signal

GUID-DB1475AD-64F8-4B52-93BF-FCFFF5FE8D8B

To turn on the lane change signals, move the lever up or down towards the desired direction.

To cancel the flashing, move the lever to the opposite direction.

Type A

SIC3811

SIC3813

Type B

To turn on the front fog lights, turn the fog light switch to the or position with the headlight switch in the position.

To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog light switch to the

“OFF” position.

JVI0373X

To turn on the rear fog light, turn the fog light switch to the or position with the headlight switch in the position.

To turn off the fog light, turn the fog light switch to the

“OFF” position.

The rear fog light should be used only when visibility is seriously reduced. [Generally, to less than 100 m (328 ft)]

2-20

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(65,1)

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

GUID-78CEE670-06F4-4BD5-9E81-EFC68202A59F

WARNING:

In freezing temperatures, the washer fluid may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision. Warm the windshield with the defogger before you wash the windshield.

Wiper operation

GUID-D1A8F556-AA65-44A7-B0AC-0CF3008D7E30

Type A and Type B:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B speed.

The lever position “HI” speed.

operates the wiper at high

To stop the wiper operation, move the lever up to the

“OFF” position.

The lever position “MIST” operates the wiper one sweep. The lever automatically returns to its original position.

Type C and Type D:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

CAUTION:

.

Do not operate the washer continuously for longer than 30 seconds.

.

Do not operate the washer if the window washer fluid reservoir is empty.

.

If the wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the “OFF” position and remove the snow or ice on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper.

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER

SWITCH

GUID-5CA3AD80-E072-4B97-943D-CF6B722C6853

The windshield wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

Type A

SIC3922

Type C

JVI0349X

SIC3926

Type B

The lever position “INT”

* intermittently.

operates the wiper

.

The intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the adjustment control knob, (longer) or (shorter) .

.

The intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed. (For example, when the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent operation speed will be faster.)

The lever position “LO” operates the wiper at low

JVI0026X

Type D

The lever position “INT”

* intermittently.

operates the wiper

Instruments and controls

2-21

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(66,1)

The lever position “LO” speed.

The lever position “HI” speed.

operates the wiper at low operates the wiper at high

To stop the wiper operation, move the lever up to the

“OFF” position.

The lever position “MIST”

* operates the wiper one sweep. The lever automatically returns to its original position.

Washer operation

GUID-AC0D5C6D-91CC-4578-BC19-51AEC13399E2

To operate the washer, pull the lever toward the back of the vehicle until the desired amount of washer fluid is spread on the windshield. The wiper will automatically operate several times.

DEFOGGER SWITCH (if equipped)

GUID-B393BDEA-8F6E-4372-81E4-AE63BFD3945D

Type A

SIC4127

CAUTION:

.

When operating the defogger continuously, be sure to start the engine. Otherwise, it may cause the battery to discharge.

.

When cleaning the inner side of the window, be careful not to scratch or damage the electrical conductors on the surface of the window.

2-22

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

SIC4145

Type B

The rear window defogger switch operates when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

The defogger is used to reduce the moisture, fog or frost on the rear window surface to improve the rear view.

When the defogger switch is pushed, the indicator light

* illuminates and the defogger operates for approximately 15 minutes. After the preset time has passed, the defogger will turn off automatically.

To turn off the defogger manually, push the defogger switch again.

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(67,1)

HORN

GUID-B2FF5DD3-CD6B-4EA8-A885-A186CC9CFD4F

WINDOWS

GUID-FBA7CD71-3B24-4A68-86F1-856C726917D8

MANUAL WINDOWS (if equipped)

GUID-A68B64ED-1401-4D7B-B442-A1A8CA4C62DA

Driver’s window switch

GUID-61797734-5E0A-48F1-ABDF-79E42088B189

SIC4434

Type A

JVI0442X

Type B

The horn switch operates regardless of the ignition switch position except when the battery is discharged.

When the horn switch is pushed and held, the horn will sound. Releasing the horn switch will cease the horn sound.

SIC4435

The side windows can be opened by turning the hand crank on each door.

or closed

POWER WINDOWS (if equipped)

GUID-0425354A-A743-48F4-A2DE-EF938744F47B

WARNING:

.

Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle before operating the power windows.

.

Never leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently become involved in an accident.

The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

To open a window, push down the power window switch.

To close a window, pull up the power window switch.

SIC3815

The driver’s switch, which is the main switch, can control all windows.

Locking passengers’ windows:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

When the lock button

* is pushed in, the passengers’ windows cannot be operated.

To cancel the passengers’ windows lock, push the lock button again.

Passenger’s window switch

GUID-879E902B-8E84-46FE-B067-9F3C3196E063

SIC2311

The passenger’s switch can control its corresponding window.

Instruments and controls

2-23

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(68,1)

When the passenger’s windows lock button on the driver’s switch is pushed in, the passenger’s switch cannot be operated.

Automatic function

GUID-59DEB010-99BC-4D3C-AA84-8DCBB2545293

JVI0037X

Automatic function is available for the switch that has an mark on its surface.

The automatic function enables a window to fully open or close (if equipped) without holding the switch down or up.

To fully open the window, push the power window switch down to the second detent and release the switch. To fully close (if equipped) the window, pull the power window switch up to the second detent and release the switch. The switch does not have to be held during window operation.

To stop the window open/close operation during the automatic function, push down or pull up the switch in opposite directions.

Auto-reverse function (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

WARNING:

There is a small distance just before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle before closing the windows.

The auto-reverse function enables a window to automatically reverse when something is caught in the window as it is closing by the automatic function.

When the control unit detects an obstacle, the window will be lowered immediately.

Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto-reverse function may activate if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs.

When power window switch does not operate

GUID-955BEF18-311C-4AF0-8E6C-BE60F57D555F

Some power window functions (automatic close function, auto-reverse function) will not operate as described after the battery cable is disconnected and the electrical supply is interrupted. Perform the following procedure to initialize the power window functions.

1.

Place the ignition switch in the "ON" position.

2.

If the driver’s window is closed, open it completely by operating the driver’s window switch.

3.

Pull up and hold the driver’s window switch to close the driver’s window. Hold the switch for approximately 3 seconds after the window has been fully closed, and then release it.

4.

Check if the power window functions operate properly.

If you open or close the power window continuously, it may cause the power window not to operate properly.

Perform the above procedure.

If the power window functions do not operate properly after performing the above procedure, repeat the steps. See a NISSAN dealer, if necessary, for checking the power window system.

2-24

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(69,1)

CLOCK

GUID-660FF281-6C8B-4DF2-AF40-962E6417D2CD

If the battery cable is disconnected, the clock will be reset and the correct time will not be indicated.

Readjust the time.

For the clock adjustment in the audio unit see “Audio system” (P.4-10).

ADJUSTING TIME

GUID-D0AE35B7-5D04-459E-8287-66DD94138341

Type A

GUID-077570E3-FA3C-4C93-ACF4-58B57E807FD2

4.

Push the clock settings switch minutes.

to adjust the

To advance the time, hold down the switch .

Wait at least 3 seconds or 5 seconds for the second display “:” to flash.

5.

Push the clock settings switch second counter.

to reset the

The selected values will be stored if no user input is detected for 60 seconds, or can be reset by using the clock settings switch .

Type B

GUID-63AA03EA-DB36-419B-87C0-B60A2574B78D

3.

Push the clock settings switch to adjust the hour. To advance the time, hold down the switch

.

4.

Wait at least 3 seconds or 5 seconds for the minute display to flash.

5.

Push the clock settings switch to adjust the minutes. To advance the time, hold down the switch . Wait at least 3 seconds or 5 seconds for the second display “:” to flash.

6.

Push the clock settings switch second counter.

to reset the

JVI0730X

The digital clock

Example

in the meter displays the time when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

To display the clock, push the clock settings switch

. To adjust the time, perform the following procedure.

1.

Push the clock settings switch for more than

1.5 seconds or 3 seconds to enter clock adjusting mode.

The hours display will start to flash.

2.

Push the clock settings switch hour.

to adjust the

To advance the time, hold down the switch .

3.

Wait at least 3 seconds or 5 seconds for the minute display to flash.

JVI0186X

The digital clock in the meter displays the time when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. To adjust the time, perform the following procedure:

1.

If the trip computer mode switch is pushed while the distance to empty or outside air temperature (if equipped) is displayed, the clock display will blink.

2.

Push the clock settings switch for more than

1.5 seconds or 3 seconds. The hours display will start to flash.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Instruments and controls

2-25

(70,1)

POWER OUTLET (if equipped)

GUID-B787B9C4-9391-4868-B834-53E7E1F541DB

Type A

JVI0346X

CIGARETTE LIGHTER (if equipped)

GUID-19B838DA-5C38-4979-8B62-84D4D2D8ED77

.

Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

.

Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defogger is on.

.

Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be sure to turn off the power switch of electrical accessory being used and the ignition switch.

.

Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open.

.

Do not allow water to contact the outlet.

.

When not in use, be sure to close the cap.

JVI0260X

WARNING:

The cigarette lighter should not be used while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

SIC4436

Type B

The power outlet is for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephone.

CAUTION:

.

The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use.

.

This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit.

.

Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory.

2-26

Instruments and controls

CAUTION:

.

The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for the cigarette lighter element only.

The use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended.

.

Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter.

The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. To heat the cigarette lighter, push it in until it latches. When the lighter is heated, it will spring out automatically.

Return the cigarette lighter to its original position after use.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(71,1)

STORAGES

GUID-06B59626-1E6A-42AC-AB4D-575DE0F40B40

WARNING:

.

The storages should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

.

Keep the storage lids closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop.

GLOVE BOX

GUID-589D5762-590C-485B-BF53-8171BB7A9152

CARD HOLDER (if equipped)

GUID-AE1089FF-BCD6-4FEC-B235-150064202C06

Front

To open the glove box, pull the handle.

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

JVI0187X

JVI0188X

Slide a card in the card holder .

CUP HOLDERS

GUID-19691200-1B1F-4D2D-9506-5179C614CF6C

CAUTION:

Avoid abrupt starting and braking especially when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the contents. If the contents are hot, they could scald you or your passengers.

GUID-B7EEB801-7286-4FDD-881F-D3CA671C7C54

Front of center console

JVI0168X

Rear of center console (Type A)

SIC4409

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Instruments and controls

2-27

(72,1)

SOFT BOTTLE HOLDER

GUID-65326B42-670C-4D99-9F1B-97D68EF1592D

SUN VISORS

GUID-CC4906A6-2759-4E26-B758-AA8982212CA4

JVI0347X

Rear of center console (Type B)

Rear (if equipped)

GUID-DE59E54B-5B33-4230-8975-AFE8F9A65C8D

JVI0189X

CAUTION:

.

Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident.

.

Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers.

Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

JVI0193X

SIC2872

1.

To block out glare from the front, swing down the sun visor .

2.

To block glare from the side, remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side

.

2-28

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(73,1)

INTERIOR LIGHTS

GUID-08B7A8D3-8B72-49E3-8FDA-30A428F63828

CAUTION:

.

Do not leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time to prevent the battery from being discharged.

.

Turn off the lights when you leave the vehicle.

MAP LIGHT (if equipped) / ROOM LIGHT

GUID-260A14C1-F9AD-4CE5-A510-9CAB64FAA04D

JVI0190X

The map light (if equipped) or room light control switch has three positions: ON , OFF and center .

ON position

GUID-F4866831-16DD-4A40-A882-B279A93C8FC1

When the switch is in the ON position

*

, the map light (if equipped) or room light will illuminate.

OFF position

GUID-39B97031-E67C-4B4F-8B8E-866760E3C6D9

When the switch is in the OFF position

*

, the map light (if equipped) or room light will not illuminate, regardless of the condition.

Center position

GUID-BDF74C0C-FA58-4DEE-9D5F-DEC6B95AC1B1

When the switch is in the center position

*

, the map light (if equipped) or room light will illuminate under the following conditions:

.

ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” position

(models with Intelligent Key system)

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

.

the key is removed from the ignition switch

(models without Intelligent Key system)

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

.

doors are unlocked by pushing the “UN-

LOCK” button (on the remote controller or

Intelligent Key) or the request switch (models with

Intelligent Key system), with the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

.

any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

.

any door is opened with the ignition switch in the

“ACC” or “ON” position

— remain on while the door is opened. When the door is closed, the lights turn off.

Battery saver system

GUID-4C305DD2-959A-4745-9897-0B7530A4EAD0

If any door is left open for a period of time with the map light (if equipped) or room light switch placed horizontally or the map light (if equipped) or room light switch in the center position , the map light (if equipped) or room light will automatically turn off.

TRUNK LIGHT (if equipped)

GUID-236C7943-D48E-45DD-BB20-4986E18DB755

The trunk light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened.

When the trunk is closed, the light will turn off.

Instruments and controls

2-29

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

MEMO

2-30

Instruments and controls

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(74,1)

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

(75,1)

Vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism

Impact sensing door lock releasing mechanism

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(76,1)

KEYS

GUID-474CE877-D8D3-4CC0-A477-C8DD76387FDF

Your vehicle can only be driven with the keys specific to your vehicle. A key number plate is supplied with your key. Record the key number and keep the key number plate in a safe place, except in the vehicle, in case of the need to duplicate the keys.

The key can only be duplicated using an original key or the original key number. The key number is required when you have lost all of the keys and do not have the original key to duplicate from. If the key is lost, or you need extra keys, provide an original key or the key number to a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION:

Do not leave the keys inside the vehicle when leaving the vehicle.

KEY (if equipped)

GUID-AF59ECF0-A9AD-4E54-8C46-033CFD154761

Type B

SPA2385

SPA2342

Type A

Your vehicle is equipped with the following set of keys:

1.

Master key (Molded)

2.

Master key (Plate)

3.

Key number plate

JVP0119X

1.

Master key

2.

Master key (Plate)

3.

Key number plate

Type C

As many as 5 master keys with remote controller can be registered and used with one vehicle.

3-2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(77,1)

NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (NATS*) KEY

(if equipped)

GUID-C6E36851-6D6B-4E41-8520-8B2E43D44C2E

INTELLIGENT KEY (if equipped)

GUID-5FD42458-6A24-40D2-B1D3-A32FE801BA4E

JVC0018X

Type A

Your vehicle is equipped with the following set of keys:

1

2

NATS key (Molded) (2)

Key number plate

Type B

JVP0078X

JVP0118X

NATS key

NATS key (Molded)

Key number plate

Type C

1

2

3

Your vehicle can only be driven with the NATS keys, which are registered to your vehicle’s NATS components. As many as 5 NATS keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the

NATS of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the NATS components when registering new keys, be sure to take all NATS keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION:

Do not allow the NATS key, which contains an electrical transponder, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function.

*: Immobilizer

Type A (with panic alarm)

SPA2222

SPA2201

Type B (without panic alarm)

1.

Intelligent Key (2)

2.

Mechanical key (inside the Intelligent Key) (2)

3.

Key number plate

Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent

Keys, which are registered to your vehicle’s Intelligent

Key system components and NISSAN Anti-Theft

System (NATS*) components. As many as 4 Intelligent

Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NATS of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(78,1) all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.

*: Immobilizer

CAUTION:

.

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you.

Do not leave the vehicle with the Intelligent

Key inside.

.

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please note the following.

— The Intelligent Key is water resistant; however, wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike it against another object.

— If the outside temperature is below

108C (14 8F), the battery of the Intelli-

gent Key may not function properly.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where tem-

peratures exceed 608C (1408F).

— Do not change or modify the Intelligent

Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV, audio equipment and personal computers or cellular

3-4

Pre-driving checks and adjustments phones.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing machine. This could affect the system function.

.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that

Intelligent Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, please contact a NISSAN dealer.

Mechanical key

GUID-EEBAD230-0E28-4899-AF64-47F4AA1A0FCB

DOOR LOCKS

GUID-9B82D15B-F84B-4FEE-9E79-03D9C1B618C3

WARNING:

.

Always look before opening any doors, to avoid an accident with oncoming traffic.

.

Never leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently become involved in a serious accident.

LOCKING WITH KEY

GUID-157AA271-1627-4938-89D6-48139C4D38A5

SPA2033

To remove the mechanical key, release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the

Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors.

(See “Door locks” (P.3-4).)

SPA2602

Type A

GUID-BF00CBE6-364E-4B51-AF72-B79B6F7A7415

To lock the driver’s door, insert the key in to the door cylinder located on the driver’s side door and turn the key to the front of the vehicle .

For locking other doors, use the power door lock switch. (See “Locking with power door lock switch”

(P.3-5).)

To unlock the driver’s door, turn the key to the rear of the vehicle .

For unlocking other doors, use the power door lock switch. (See “Locking with power door lock switch”

(P.3-5).)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(79,1)

Type B

GUID-82469266-78D1-4021-A955-1F513CF0C0C4

To lock the driver’s door, insert the key to the door key cylinder located on the driver’s side door, and turn the key to the front of the vehicle .

For locking other doors, use the inside lock knob. (See

“Locking with inside lock knob” (P.3-5).)

To unlock the driver’s door, turn the key to the rear of the vehicle .

For unlocking other doors, use the inside lock knob.

(See “Locking with inside lock knob” (P.3-5).)

Type C

GUID-83EA35E9-2919-4169-B802-C4098C30614F

To lock the driver’s door, insert the key to the door key cylinder located on the driver’s side door, and turn the key to the front of the vehicle . All doors will lock.

To unlock the driver’s door, turn the key to the rear of the vehicle . All doors will unlock.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

GUID-0CC1AA36-156F-4E54-AB2B-84A084E86C52

SPA2603

CAUTION:

When locking the doors using the inside lock knob, be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle.

To lock the front doors, push the inside lock knob to the lock position

*

, and then close the door while pulling the door handle.

To lock the rear doors, push the inside lock knob to the lock position and then close the door.

To unlock, pull the inside lock knob to the unlock position .

When the driver’s door is locked, pulling the driver’s side door handle will unlock the door.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK

SWITCH (if equipped)

GUID-0FB5E404-5394-4CE4-B1E5-0E49FB73A06F

JVP0012X

CAUTION:

When locking the doors using the power door lock switch, be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle.

To lock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the lock position .

To unlock, push the power door lock switch to the unlock position .

VEHICLE SPEED SENSING DOOR LOCK

MECHANISM (if equipped)

GUID-FB282723-13BF-4B14-A8E6-B66EE196DAEB

All doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 10 km/h (6 MPH). Once the lock has been unlocked, while driving, the vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism will not lock the door again unless one of the following is performed.

.

Opening any doors.

.

Placing the ignition switch in the “OFF” position.

To activate or deactivate vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism

GUID-A6052EF8-A6C1-421C-BF78-D9304607A63C

To activate or deactivate the door lock mechanism, perform the following procedures.

The function is set to deactivated as the factory default setting.

1.

Place the ignition switch in the “ON” position.

2.

Within 20 seconds, push and hold the power door lock switch to the “LOCK” position for 5 seconds.

3.

The hazard indicator light will flash as follows if the switching operation is successful:

.

Twice — activated

.

Once — deactivated

AUTO DOOR LOCK RELEASING ME-

CHANISM (if equipped)

GUID-B2647450-904B-440F-BFB9-6CB6A02F7365

All doors will be unlocked automatically when the ignition switch moved from “ON” to “OFF” position

(models with Intelligent Key system).

All doors will be unlocked automatically when the key is removed from the ignition switch (models without

Intelligent Key system).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(80,1)

To activate or deactivate auto door lock releasing mechanism

GUID-5872BA2B-129C-4386-9675-982E6E1E451B

To activate or deactivate the auto door lock releasing mechanism, perform the following procedures.

The function is set to deactivated as the factory default setting.

1.

Place the ignition switch in the “ON” position.

2.

Within 20 seconds, push and hold the power door lock switch to the “UNLOCK” position for 5 seconds.

3.

The hazard indicator light will flash as follows if the switching operation is successful:

.

Twice - activated

.

Once - deactivated

IMPACT SENSING DOOR LOCK RELEAS-

ING MECHANISM (if equipped)

GUID-93A86110-710F-4504-B7A1-8085F84B4451

All doors will be unlocked automatically in the event of frontal or rear impact while the ignition switch is in the

"ON" position.

The impact sensing door lock releasing mechanism may not function depending on the force of the impact.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

GUID-9F6A8E00-458C-40FD-8AB2-74A4A066142C

The child safety rear door locks help prevent rear doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position , the child safety rear door locks engage and the rear doors can only be opened by the outside door handles.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlock position

.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

(if equipped)

GUID-37F6AEB0-0D7B-4E4C-A863-36E7A4128BF0

The remote keyless entry system can operate all door locks using the remote controller. The remote controller can operate at a distance of approximately 1 m

(3.3 ft) away from the vehicle. The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.

As many as 5 remote controllers can be used with one vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of additional remote controllers, contact a NISSAN dealer.

The remote controller will not function under the following conditions:

.

When the distance between the remote controller and vehicle is more than approximately 1 m (3.3

ft).

.

When the remote controller battery is discharged.

.

When the key is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION:

.

When locking the doors using the remote controller, be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle.

.

Do not allow the remote controller, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function.

.

Do not drop the remote controller.

.

Do not strike the remote controller sharply against another object.

.

Do not place the remote controller for an extended period in an area where tempera-

tures exceed 608C (1408F).

.

When the outside temperature is extremely low, the remote keyless entry system may not function properly.

SPA2037

3-6

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(81,1)

If a remote controller is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that remote controller from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the remote controller to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN dealer.

For information regarding the replacement of a battery, see “Remote controller battery” (P.8-22).

USING REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

GUID-8287647C-B851-4A53-869E-07C61CE4FFC3

Type A (with panic alarm)

JVP0120X

Locking doors

GUID-3EDA15FE-6B90-4C05-832A-8A24AC5278EF

1.

Remove the key from the ignition switch.

2.

Close all doors.

3.

Push the “LOCK” controller.

button on the remote

4.

All doors will be locked.

5.

Operate door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked.

CAUTION:

After locking the doors using the remote controller, be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles.

Unlocking doors

GUID-13E7D7B4-B5A3-4810-AD9B-4CAE2FC73936

1.

Push the “UNLOCK” button

* on the remote controller.

2.

All doors will be unlocked.

All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 30 seconds after pushing the “UNLOCK” button on the remote controller while the doors are locked.

If during this 30-second time period, the “UNLOCK” button on the remote controller is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another 30 seconds.

.

Opening any doors.

.

Inserting the key into the ignition switch.

Opening trunk lid

GUID-BA1ED9B8-9ACD-408E-B6D1-534641A08BB4

1.

Push and hold the “TRUNK” / button on the remote controller for longer than 1 second with the key removed from the ignition switch.

2.

The trunk lid opens.

Using panic alarm (if equipped)

GUID-00D95FFA-156C-4DC9-BF9A-D5B570CC2F37

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows:

1.

Push the “PANIC” button (Type A) on the remote controller for more than 1 second.

2.

The theft warning alarm will stay on for 25 seconds.

3.

The panic alarm stops when:

.

It has run for 25 seconds, or

.

Any of the buttons on the remote controller are pushed. (Note: Panic or trunk button should be pushed for more than 1 second.)

Hazard indicator operation:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard indicator will flash as a confirmation.

.

“LOCK”: The hazard indicator flashes once.

.

“UNLOCK”: The hazard indicator flashes twice.

Battery indicator light

GUID-20033071-DCC1-4CC4-8D8A-BD641B6B2AA3

The battery indicator light (Type A) or (Type B) illuminates when you push any button. If the light does not illuminate, the battery is weak or needs replacement. For information regarding replacement of a battery, see “Remote controller battery” (P.8-22).

JVP0073X

Type B (without panic alarm)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(82,1)

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-AA8F2495-E4F4-4D68-87E4-C0AF32CFFA15

Type A (with panic alarm)

SPA2222

SPA2201

Type B (without panic alarm)

1.

Intelligent Key (2)

2.

Mechanical key (inside the Intelligent Key) (2)

3.

Key number plate

WARNING:

.

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.

.

The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The radio

3-8

Pre-driving checks and adjustments waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the

Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can be used to operate all the doors and the trunk with the remote controller function or by pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation.

Be sure to read the following before using the

Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION:

.

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle.

.

Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

.

When the outside temperature is extremely low, the Intelligent Key system may not function properly.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the

Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions.

.

When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power station and broadcasting station.

.

When in possession of wireless equipment, such as a cellular telephone, transceiver, and CB radio.

.

When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials.

.

When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby.

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer.

.

When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the battery’s life is approximately

2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a new one.

For information regarding replacement of a battery, see

“Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-23).

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves, such as signals from a TV and personal computer, the battery life may become shorter.

When the battery is discharged, firmly apply the foot brake and touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent

Key. Then push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal (CVT model) or the clutch pedal (MT model) within 10 seconds after the chime sound. (See

“Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent

Key system)” (P.5-5).)

Because the steering wheel is locked electrically, unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position is impossible when the vehicle battery is completely discharged. Pay special attention that the vehicle battery is not completely discharged.

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(83,1)

CAUTION:

.

Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function.

.

Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

.

Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object.

.

Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.

.

Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.

.

If the outside temperature is below

108C

(14 8F), the battery of the Intelligent Key may

not function properly.

.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tempera-

tures exceed 608C (1408F).

.

Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet.

.

Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment and personal computers or cellular phones.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent

Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle.

For information regarding the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN dealer.

The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For information about disabling the Intelligent Key function, contact a NISSAN dealer.

OPERATING RANGE

GUID-A9822084-FCCA-4961-BD67-E66D6C3F7EE5

The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch .

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly.

The operating range is within 80 cm (31.50 in) from each request switch .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass, handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the request switch and lock/unlock the doors and the trunk.

USING INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

SPA1744

GUID-603A4822-3ADD-4574-A869-D1EAAE15987B

SPA2506

The request switch will not function under the following conditions:

.

When the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle

.

When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range

.

When any door is open or not closed securely

.

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged

.

When the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(84,1)

SPA2407

.

Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated.

The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.

.

After locking the doors using the door handle request switch, make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles.

.

When locking the doors using the door handle request switch, make sure to have the Intelligent

Key in your possession before operating the door handle request switch to prevent the Intelligent

Key from being left in the vehicle.

.

The door handle request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the

Intelligent Key system.

.

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle or the trunk, make sure you are carrying the key with you and then lock the doors or the trunk.

.

Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. Release the door

3-10

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

handle once and pull it again to open the door.

Locking doors

GUID-60182580-5440-44A1-88FA-8AFB2E2FB922

JVP0015X

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch (driver’s or front passenger’s) within the range of operation.

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard indicator will flash and the outside chime will sound as a confirmation. For details, see “Hazard indicator and outside chime operation” (P.3-16).

1.

Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

2.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

3.

Close all doors.

4.

Push the door handle request switch or front passenger’s).

5.

All doors will be locked.

(driver’s

6.

Operate door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked.

Lockout protection:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system.

.

When the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle and you try to lock the door using the driver’s inside lock knob after getting out of the vehicle, all the doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed.

.

When the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle while the driver’s door is opened and you try to lock the door using the power door lock switch after getting out of the vehicle, all the doors will unlock automatically after the power door lock switch or the driver’s inside lock knob is operated.

CAUTION:

The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions:

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel.

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed on the top of the rear parcel.

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of the glove box.

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of the door pockets.

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area.

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed on the outer side of the trunk area.

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or near metallic materials.

The lockout protection may function when the

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(85,1)

Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle but is too close to the vehicle.

Unlocking doors

GUID-8A729769-E50A-470D-90F0-50D1ED3D9CE2

1.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

2.

Push the door handle request switch .

3.

All doors will be unlocked.

If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors, that door may not be unlocked. Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door. If the door does not unlock, after returning the door handle, push the door handle request switch to unlock the door.

Automatic relock:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 30 seconds after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked.

.

Opening any doors.

.

Pushing the ignition switch.

If during the preset time period the “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after the next preset time.

Opening trunk lid

GUID-23A6AE5D-C000-4E67-9A74-F571B0377246

JVP0016X

1.

Carry the Intelligent Key.

2.

Push the trunk open request switch

3.

The trunk will be unlatched.

4.

The outside chime sounds 4 times.

5.

Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

.

CAUTION:

When closing the trunk, make sure to have the

Intelligent Key in your possession before closing the trunk to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the trunk.

Lockout protection:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk, the Intelligent Key system is equipped with lockout protection.

When the trunk lid is closed with all the doors locked and the Intelligent Key inside the trunk, a chime will sound and the trunk lid will open.

CAUTION:

The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions.

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area.

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed at the outer side of the trunk area.

.

When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or near metallic materials.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM

GUID-EF22DB72-8E0F-4042-85EE-C74B27CF57A3

When all the following conditions are met for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge.

.

The ignition switch is in the “ACC” position

.

All doors are closed, and

.

The shift lever is in the “P” (Park) position

(Automatic Transmission/Continuously Variable

Transmission model).

WARNING AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

GUID-DBC95260-A433-44BB-8274-FB23C167BDC8

The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a function that is designed to minimize improper operations of the

Intelligent Key and to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen. A chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning light illuminates or blinks.

See the troubleshooting guide on the next page and

“Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders” (P.2-

11).

Intelligent Key system warning light:

P position selecting warning light: (Automatic

Transmission/Continuously Variable Transmission model)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

CAUTION:

When the chime or beep sounds or the warning light illuminates or blinks, be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key.

3-12

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(86,1)

(87,1)

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

GUID-58C5B64D-A753-47F0-BFED-49A4CA13C329

When pushing the ignition switch to stop the engine

Symptom

The P position selecting warning light in the meter and the inside warning chime sounds continuously (Automatic Transmission/Continuously Variable Transmission model).

When shifting the shift lever to the “P”

(Park) position (Automatic Transmission/

Continuously Variable Transmission model).

The inside warning chime sounds continuously.

When opening the driver’s door to get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continuously.

The Intelligent Key system warning light in the meter blinks in yellow, the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for a few seconds.

When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle

When closing the door with the inside lock knob turned to the “LOCK” position

The P position selecting warning light in the meter illuminates and the outside chime sounds continuously (Automatic

Transmission/Continuously Variable

Transmission model).

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds and all the doors unlock.

Possible cause

The shift lever is not in the “P” (Park) position.

The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or

“ON” position.

The ignition switch is in the “ACC” position.

The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or

“ON” position.

Action to take

Shift the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.

Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or

“OFF” position and the shift lever is not in the “P” (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position and push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

When pushing the request switch or the

“LOCK” button on the Intelligent

Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or trunk.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or trunk.

The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or

“ON” position.

A door is not closed securely.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

Close the door securely.

When closing the trunk lid

The outside chime sounds for approximately 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens.

The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handle request switch to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely.

Close the door securely.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-13

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(88,1)

When pushing the ignition switch to start the engine

Symptom

The Intelligent Key system warning light in the meter blinks in green.

The Intelligent Key system warning light in the meter blinks in yellow.

USING REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

GUID-0AA6AB2D-1803-4545-8021-62938F31370F

Type A (with panic alarm)

Type B (without panic alarm)

SPA2100

SPA2130

Possible cause

The battery charge is low.

Action to take

Replace the battery with a new one. (See

“Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-23).)

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

Operating range

GUID-CF56AA5D-7CC5-40D3-A020-1F95217406E7

The remote keyless entry system allows you to lock/ unlock all doors and to unlock the trunk lid. It also provides the panic alarm (if equipped). The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle. To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons, approach the vehicle to about 1 m (3.3 ft) from the door.

The remote keyless entry system will not function under the following conditions:

.

When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range.

.

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.

For information regarding the replacement of a battery, see “Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-23).

Locking doors

GUID-B1DB975F-A1CE-45AD-8F47-8BB503896891

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard indicator will flash and the outside chime will sound as a confirmation.

1.

Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” position and carry the Intelligent Key.

2.

Close all doors.

button on the 3.

Push the “LOCK”

Intelligent Key.

4.

All doors will be locked.

5.

Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked.

CAUTION:

After locking the doors using the Intelligent Key, be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles.

Unlocking doors

GUID-78F80551-B2BF-42BF-BBAE-1937525C1C0E

1.

Push the “UNLOCK” button

* on the

Intelligent Key.

2.

All doors will be unlocked.

Automatic relock :

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 30 seconds after pushing the “UNLOCK” button on the

Intelligent Key while the doors are locked. If during this

30-second time period, the “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another 30 seconds.

.

Opening any doors.

.

Pushing the ignition switch.

Opening trunk lid

GUID-CE222837-90C1-4247-863E-CC730F278DFB

1.

Push the “TRUNK” / button on the

Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2.

The trunk will be unlatched.

3.

Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

3-14

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(89,1)

Using panic alarm (if equipped)

GUID-2F23BF1C-0AF3-4621-83AB-5ED261205A9A

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows:

1.

Push the “PANIC” button

*

Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

on the

2.

The theft warning alarm will stay on for 25 seconds.

3.

The panic alarm stops when:

.

It has run for 25 seconds, or

.

Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed. (Note: Panic or trunk button should be pushed for more than 1 second.)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-15

HAZARD INDICATOR AND OUTSIDE CHIME OPERATION

GUID-4D14C69A-7CFE-4599-A334-6FBCB4DBDF61

When you lock or unlock the doors with the request switch or the remote keyless entry function, the hazard indicator will flash and the outside chime will sound as a confirmation.

The following descriptions show how the hazard indicator and outside chime will activate when locking or unlocking the doors.

Hazard indicator and horn mode

GUID-F6572ADF-43CC-4763-954D-740C221AA7BE

Intelligent Key system

(using request switch)

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

HAZARD - once

OUTSIDE CHIME - once

HAZARD - twice

OUTSIDE CHIME -

twice

TRUNK UNLOCK

HAZARD - none

OUTSIDE CHIME - 4 times

Remote keyless entry

(using system or button)

HAZARD - once

HORN - none

HAZARD - twice

HORN - none

HAZARD - none

HORN - none

(90,1)

3-16

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(91,1)

SECURITY SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-795B77A4-4A83-4387-8945-085E58CCCF5E

Your vehicle is equipped with the following security systems:

.

Theft warning system (if equipped)

.

NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS)*

(* immobilizer)

The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light.

THEFT WARNING SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-393A0BC3-1476-4A2E-B75F-4E81E18CFE3D

The theft warning system provides visual and audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are disturbed.

Security indicator light

GUID-46151388-ED71-481D-B58A-063EBCF1888C

SIC2045

The security indicator light is located in the meter panel.

This light operates whenever the ignition switch is in the “ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK” position. This is normal.

How to activate the system:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Close all windows and push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

The system can be activated even if the windows are open.

2.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you and get out of the vehicle.

3.

Make sure the hood and the trunk are closed.

Close and lock all doors with the door handle request switch, LOCK button on the Intelligent

Key or power door lock switch.

.

If the door is locked using the inside lock knob, the system will not be activated.

4.

Confirm that the security indicator light comes on.

The security indicator light stays on for approximately 30 seconds. The vehicle security system is now pre-armed. After approximately 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase. The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds.

If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period, the door is unlocked with the door handle request switch, the “UNLOCK” button on the

Intelligent Key, the power door lock switch, or the ignition switch is pushed to the “ACC” or

“ON” position, the system will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengers are in the vehicle, the system will activate with all

doors locked and ignition switch in the LOCK

position. Push the ignition switch to the ACCor

ONposition to turn the system off.

Theft warning system operation:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

The warning system will give the following alarm:

.

The hazard indicator blinks and the horn sounds intermittently for approximately 30 seconds.

.

The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 30 seconds. However, the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again.

The alarm is activated by:

.

Operating the door or the trunk without using the

Intelligent Key system.

.

Opening the hood.

How to stop alarm:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

.

The alarm will stop by unlocking a door with the door handle request switch or “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key.

.

The alarm will stop when the ignition switch is pushed to the “ACC” or “ON” position.

If the system does not operate as described above, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (NATS)

GUID-D69AC017-542A-4B88-926A-95A54AD52D45

The NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered

NATS key.

If the engine does not start using the registered NATS key, it may be due to interference caused by:

.

Another NATS key.

.

Automated toll road device.

.

Automated payment device.

.

Other devices that transmit similar signals.

Start the engine using the following procedure:

1.

Remove any items that may be causing the interference away from the NATS key.

2.

Leave the ignition switch in the “ON” position for approximately 5 seconds.

3.

Place the ignition switch to the “OFF” or “LOCK” position, and wait approximately 10 seconds.

4.

Repeat steps 2 and 3 again.

5.

Start the engine.

6.

Repeat the steps above until all possible interferences are eliminated.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-17

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

If this procedure allows the engine to start, NISSAN recommends placing the registered NATS key separate from other devices to avoid interference.

Security indicator light

GUID-D6C9B044-69BA-4091-8735-E3068867E3CE

HOOD

GUID-875A1922-A297-4969-8CC7-BA8882725C1E

WARNING:

.

The hood must be closed and latched securely before driving. Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident.

.

Never open the hood if steam or smoke is coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury.

SIC2045

The security indicator light is located on the meter panel. It indicates the status of NATS.

The light operates whenever the ignition switch is in the “LOCK”, “OFF” or “ACC” position. The security indicator light indicates that the security systems on the vehicle are operational.

If NATS is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

If the light remains on and/or the engine does not start, contact a NISSAN dealer for NATS service as soon as possible. Be sure to bring all

NATS keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service.

3-18

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(92,1)

(93,1)

OPENING HOOD

GUID-A03D3982-C98B-4C2A-B61D-A669C570C6D2

1.

Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel until the hood springs up.

2.

Locate the lever in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips.

3.

Raise the hood .

4.

Remove the support rod slot .

and insert it into the

Hold the coated parts when removing or resetting the support rod. Avoid direct contact with the metal parts, as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped.

JVP0017X

CLOSING HOOD

GUID-9564ED64-C15A-44B3-B4A6-4E130D1D67E3

1.

While supporting the hood, return the support rod to its original position.

2.

Slowly lower the hood to about 20 to 30 cm (8 to

12 in) above the hood lock, then let it drop.

3.

Make sure it is securely latched.

TRUNK LID

GUID-1368C23C-5BFB-4CCB-BC01-10613DBDA0C5

WARNING:

.

The trunk lid must be closed securely before driving. An open trunk lid could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn inside the vehicle.

.

Closely supervise children when they are around your vehicle to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured. Keep the vehicle locked, with the trunk lid closed when not in use, and keep access to vehicle keys away from children.

The trunk lid can be opened by performing one of the following operations.

.

Using the trunk lid release handle (if equipped)

.

Using the remote controller (if equipped)

.

Using the Intelligent Key remote keyless entry function (if equipped)

.

Using the Intelligent Key trunk open request switch (if equipped)

.

Using the key (if equipped)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

JVP0018X

To close the trunk lid, push the trunk lid down until it

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-19

(94,1) securely locks.

OPENING TRUNK LID (if equipped)

GUID-05029FA1-9C86-4BB4-B523-56F3B80DFA1B

TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH (if equipped)

GUID-2B881F65-F5A5-407B-BD32-FA33F5899EB3

To open the trunk lid, push the trunk open request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key. (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-8).)

KEY OPERATION (if equipped)

GUID-F2AE9D84-B359-4970-801C-ED568D645868

JVP0019X

Pull the trunk lid release handle located below the driver’s seat until the trunk lid springs up.

TRUNK BUTTON ON REMOTE CONTROL-

LER (if equipped)

GUID-06576367-F07A-46F1-8630-8ACC388CE092

To open the trunk lid, push the “TRUNK” / button on the remote controller. (See “Remote keyless entry system” (P.3-6).)

TRUNK BUTTON ON INTELLIGENT KEY (if equipped)

GUID-8BF859A6-0705-4A45-BD6E-7E4DD87DDDF7

To open the trunk lid, push the “TRUNK” / button on the Intelligent Key. (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-8).)

JVP0020X

To open the trunk lid, insert the key to the key cylinder and turn the clockwise .

The trunk lid will be released .

FUEL FILLER LID

GUID-D62826F9-535D-41D4-8DE9-C84CC2669783

WARNING:

.

Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling.

.

Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the cap a

half of a turn, and wait for any hissing

sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury.

Then remove the cap.

.

Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement. It has a built-in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system. An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury.

OPENING FUEL FILLER LID

GUID-95A82A38-55CE-4E0A-9F7A-10CBD38B4CE7

SPA2336

To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel filler lid release handle.

3-20

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(95,1)

FUEL FILLER CAP

GUID-98BFD1BD-43B1-45EB-936E-C2CB4B4F180B

STEERING WHEEL

GUID-31CC0B0E-A592-42F3-A713-0D2C8E3E5286

WARNING:

Never adjust the steering wheel while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

MIRRORS

GUID-5038B67E-268C-4E89-A6CC-3B5C68E9E345

WARNING:

Adjust the position of all mirrors before driving.

Do not adjust the mirror positions while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR

GUID-CB11A31B-45AF-4241-8CB2-8985B2B463E3

JVP0021X

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn the cap counterclockwise clockwise

* after refueling.

to remove. Tighten the cap until ratchet clicks, more than twice,

CAUTION:

If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it away with water to avoid paint damage.

JVP0258X

While pushing the lock lever down steering wheel up or down position is achieved.

, adjust the until the desired

Pull the lock lever up wheel in place.

firmly to lock the steering

SPA2447

While holding the inside rearview mirror, adjust the mirror angles until the desired position is achieved.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

SPA2143

Pull the adjusting lever when the glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you obstructs your vision at night.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-21

(96,1)

Push the adjusting lever rearward visibility.

during the day for the best

For Hong Kong:

Do not attach any accessories or electrical devices to or around the inside rearview mirror.

Otherwise, the Intelligent Key system (if equipped) and remote keyless entry system may not function properly.

OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRRORS

GUID-3127D178-EAE0-4880-9AE1-F4CF22E75964

WARNING:

.

Never touch the outside rearview mirrors while they are in motion. Doing so may pinch your fingers or damage the mirror.

.

Never drive the vehicle with the outside rearview mirrors folded. This reduces rear view visibility and may lead to an accident.

.

Objects viewed in the outside mirror are closer than they appear. (if equipped)

.

The picture dimensions and distance in the outside mirrors are not real.

Adjusting

GUID-152D1E7C-5BE7-453F-879C-BF882A11BE18

Remote control type (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Folding

GUID-74594297-61BE-4E06-BD9F-A851B67E0BD3

Remote control type (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

SPA2214

The outside rearview mirror remote control operates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

1.

Move the switch to select the right mirror.

or left

2.

Adjust each mirror until the desired position is achieved

*

.

Lever control type (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

SPA2772

Adjust the mirror angles with the inside lever until the desired position is achieved.

SPA1732A

The outside rearview mirror remote control operates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

The outside rearview mirrors automatically fold when the outside rearview mirror folding switch is pushed to the “CLOSE” position . To unfold, push to the

“OPEN” position .

CAUTION:

.

Continuously performing the fold/unfold operation of the outside rearview mirror may cause the switch to stop the operation.

.

Do not touch the mirrors while they are moving. Your hand may be pinched, and the mirror may malfunction.

.

Do not drive with the mirrors stored. You will be unable to see behind the vehicle.

.

If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand, there is a chance that the mirror will move forward or backward during driving. If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand,

3-22

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(97,1)

be sure to adjust them again electrically before driving.

Manual control type (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

SPA1829

Fold the outside rearview mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle.

VANITY MIRROR (if equipped)

GUID-70A201BA-7C99-4BC9-92CA-57EDBEC40918

PARKING BRAKE

GUID-55BC4E88-F9E4-45DC-8314-9D4B96ED1433

WARNING:

.

Never drive the vehicle with the parking brake applied. The brake will overheat and fail to operate and will lead to an accident.

.

Never release the parking brake from outside the vehicle. If the vehicle moves, it will be impossible to push the foot brake pedal and will lead to an accident.

.

Never use the shift lever in place of the parking brake. When parking, be sure the parking brake is fully applied.

.

Never leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. They could unknowingly release the parking brake and inadvertently become involved in a serious accident.

LEVER TYPE

GUID-BBA8DC55-32CE-4CD6-A059-51B0AFFB718D completely .

Before driving, be sure that the brake warning light has turned off.

SIC3869

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor down and pull up the mirror cover.

SPA2110

To apply the parking brake, pull the parking brake lever up .

To release the parking brake, firmly depress and hold the foot brake pedal. Pull up the parking brake lever slightly, push the button and lower the lever

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3-23

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

MEMO

3-24

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(98,1)

(99,1)

4 Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Steering wheel switch for audio control (if equipped) ....

Bluetooth

®

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(100,1)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

GUID-76877965-5961-4899-987A-424E87209057

WARNING:

.

Do not adjust the heater and air conditioner controls or audio controls (if equipped) while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

.

If you noticed any foreign objects entering the system hardware, spilled liquid on the system, or noticed smoke or fumes coming out from the system, or any other unusual operation is observed, stop using the system immediately and contact the nearest

NISSAN dealer. Ignoring such conditions may lead to an accident, fire or electric shock.

.

Do not disassemble or modify this system. If you do, it may lead to an accident, fire, or electric shock.

CAUTION:

Do not use the system when the engine is not running for extended periods of time to prevent battery discharge.

VENTILATORS

GUID-EB190C39-347D-4242-AFC2-BE84C8BA6A11

SIDE VENTILATORS

GUID-EF43B71F-049E-4B3C-87B5-D2287DCC2B25

CENTER VENTILATORS

GUID-FCB219A6-71B4-4304-A89F-639DAF04214C

Square type

GUID-C4AB4A06-4975-4AE0-BECE-979B7210862A

SAA3126

Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by opening, closing or rotating.

The side ventilators can be used for the side window defogger.

JVH0018X

Open/close the ventilators by moving the control in either direction (if equipped).

: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are closed. Moving the side control in this direction will close the ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open. Moving the side control in this direction will open the ventilators.

Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob (up/down/left/right) until the preferred position is achieved.

4-2

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(101,1)

Circle type

GUID-B7B91F84-F2EC-4C4A-98B9-EAEE77676BA9

SAA3126

Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by opening, closing or rotating.

REAR VENTILATORS (if equipped)

GUID-321B226B-75D2-48E2-9C77-054AB5F27E3A

SAA3126

Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by opening, closing or rotating.

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

GUID-5422E9B6-6A77-4C50-B8F9-B410766DA859

WARNING:

.

The heater and air conditioner operate only when the engine is running.

.

Never leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in the vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently become involved in a serious accident and injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.

.

Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up.

.

Do not adjust the heating and air conditioning controls while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

The heater and air conditioner operate when the engine is running. The air blower will operate when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position even if the engine is turned off.

For models with Idling Stop System

When the engine is stopped by the Idling Stop

System, heating, cooling and dehumidifying functions will be deactivated. To avoid the air conditioning functions from being deactivated, turn off the Idling

Stop mode by pressing the Idling Stop OFF switch.

For more details, see “Idling Stop System (if equipped for Thailand)” (P.5-18) or “Idling Stop System (for

Hong Kong)” (P.5-19) .

NOTE:

.

Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents.

.

When parking, set the heater and air conditioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compartment. This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle.

OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air conditioner)

GUID-B1B053C1-41BC-4E32-8C53-EB9EDAD52303

JVH0234X

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(102,1)

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER

GUID-25D13BD8-07C1-48BA-B9F7-D1C519548620

JVH0144X

Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model*

When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low, the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds.

However, this is not a malfunction. After the coolant temperature warms up, the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally.

The sensors and , located on the instrument panel, help maintain a constant temperature. Do not put anything on or around the sensors.

*: The illustration is for the Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model. For the Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model, the layout will be the opposite.

Type A

JVH0675X

JVH0712X

Type B

1.

Rear window defogger switch (if equipped) (See

“Defogger switch” (P.2-22).)

NOTE:

2.

Fan speed control “ ” dial

For Hong Kong

3.

“A/C” (Air Conditioner) button (if equipped)

4.

5.

6.

Air flow control dial

Temperature control dial

Air intake lever (Outside air circulation “

/Air recirculation “ ”)

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn the fan speed control “ ” dial to the “OFF” (0) position.

The idling Stop System will not activate under the following conditions:

.

When the air flow control dial knob is in the front defogger position and the fan speed control dial is on

.

When rear window defogger switch is turned on

4-4

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(103,1)

Controls

GUID-5F776D11-132F-4EB4-A15D-58854D597199

Outside air circulation:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Move the air intake lever to the “ ” position. The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle.

Air recirculation:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Move the air intake lever to the “ flow is circulated inside the vehicle.

” position. The air

Air flow control:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Turn the air flow control dial to change the air flow mode.

— Air flows from the center and side ventilators.

— Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

— Air flows from the defogger and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the defogger outlets.

Fan speed control:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Turn the fan speed control “ ” dial clockwise to increase the fan speed.

Turn the fan speed control “ wise to decrease the fan speed.

” dial counterclock-

Temperature control:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the right position to select the hot temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the left position to select the cool temperature.

Heater operation

GUID-BC21EB54-322E-4FD9-8651-6D9EEE148487

Heating:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets.

1.

Move the air intake lever to the “ normal heating.

” position for

2.

Turn the air flow control dial to the “

3.

Turn the fan speed control “ desired position.

” position.

” dial to the

4.

Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the hot (right) position.

Ventilation:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators.

1.

Move the air intake lever to the “ ” position.

2.

Turn the air flow control dial to the “

3.

Turn the fan speed control “ desired position.

” position.

” dial to the

4.

Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position.

Defrosting or defogging:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

This mode directs the air to the defogger outlets to defrost/defog the windows.

1.

Move the air intake lever to the “ ” position.

2.

Turn the air flow control dial to the “

3.

Turn the fan speed control “ desired position.

” position.

” dial to the

4.

Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the hot (right) position.

5.

Turn the side ventilators to the side windows to defrost or defog for a clear view to the side mirrors.

.

To remove frost from the outside surface of the windshield quickly, turn the temperature control dial to the maximum hot position and the fan speed control “ ” dial to the maximum position.

.

If it is difficult to defog the windshield, turn the

“A/C” button (if equipped) on.

Bi-level heating:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

This mode directs cool air from the side and center vents and warm air from the foot outlets. When the temperature control dial is turned to the maximum hot or cool position, the air between the ventilators and the foot outlets is the same temperature.

1.

Move the air intake lever to the “

2.

Turn the air flow control dial to the “

” position.

” position.

3.

Turn the fan speed control “ desired position.

” dial to the

4.

Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position.

Heating and defogging:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

This mode heats the interior and defogs the windows.

1.

Move the air intake lever to the “

2.

Turn the air flow control dial to the “

” position.

” position.

3.

Turn the fan speed control “ desired position.

” dial to the

4.

Turn the temperature control dial to the maximum hot (right) position.

5.

Turn the side ventilators to the side windows to defrost or defog for a clear view to the side mirrors.

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Air conditioner operation (if equipped)

GUID-5CBB1ABC-29AC-463F-85E8-D74A08F31F6D

The air conditioner system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month. This helps prevent damage to the air conditioner system due to the lack of lubrication.

Cooling:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.

1.

Move the air intake lever to the “ ” position.

2.

Turn the air flow control dial to the “

3.

Turn the fan speed control “ desired position.

” position.

” dial to the

4.

Push the “A/C” button on. (The “A/C” indicator light will illuminate.)

5.

Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the cool (left) position.

.

For quick cooling when the outside temperature is high, move the air intake lever to the “ ” position. Be sure to move the air intake lever to the

“ ” position for normal cooling.

.

A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Dehumidified heating:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air.

1.

Move the air intake lever to the “ ” position.

2.

Turn the air flow control dial to the “

3.

Turn the fan speed control “ desired position.

” position.

” dial to the

4.

Push the “A/C” button on. (The “A/C” indicator light will illuminate.)

5.

Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position between the middle and the hot (right) position.

Dehumidified defogging:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air.

1.

Move the air intake lever to the “

2.

Turn the air flow control dial to the “

” position.

” position.

3.

Turn the fan speed control “ desired position.

” dial to the

4.

Push the “A/C” button on. (The “A/C” indicator light will illuminate.)

5.

Turn the temperature control dial to the desired position.

6.

Turn the side ventilators to the side windows to defrost or defog for a clear view to the side mirrors.

4-6

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(104,1)

(105,1)

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER

GUID-CB216132-D470-42B7-A745-DA32B2A523C0

1.

Front defogger “

2.

Display

” button

3.

Rear window defogger “

“Defogger switch” (P.2-22).)

4.

“AUTO” button

5.

Temperature control “

6.

Fan speed control “

7.

“OFF” button

”/“

” button (See

+” and “

” buttons

-” buttons

8.

“MODE” (air flow control) button

9.

Air recirculation “ ” button

10.

Outside air circulation “ ” button

11.

“A/C” (Air Conditioner) button

NOTE:

For Hong Kong

The idling Stop System will not activate when the front defogger button or rear window defogger button is turned on.

in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly.

This does not indicate a malfunction.

SAA2592

Automatic operation (AUTO)

GUID-F00C956F-A865-4F7B-9FC3-20E19AF9A943

The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the system automatically controls constant temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed after the desired temperature is set manually.

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push the

“OFF” button.

Cooling and dehumidified heating:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Push the “AUTO” button. (“AUTO” will appear on the display.)

2.

If the “A/C” indicator light does not illuminate, push the “A/C” button. (The “A/C” indicator light will illuminate.)

3.

Push the temperature control “ ton to set the desired temperature.

”/“ ” but-

4.

If the indicator light on either the outside air circulation “

” button or the air recirculation

” button is illuminated, push and hold the button with the light illuminated to switch to the automatic air intake control mode. (The indicator light will blink twice.)

A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators

Heating (A/C off):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Push the “AUTO” button. (“AUTO” will appear on the display.)

2.

If the “A/C” indicator light illuminates, push the

“A/C” button. (The “A/C” indicator light will turn off.)

3.

Push the temperature control “ ton to set the desired temperature.

”/“ ” but-

.

Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature. Doing so may cause the temperature to not be controlled properly.

.

If the windows fog up, use dehumidified heating instead of the A/C off heating.

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Push the front defogger “ ” button. (The

“ ” indicator light will illuminate.)

2.

Push the temperature control “ ton to set the desired temperature.

”/“ ” but-

.

.

To remove frost from the outside surface of the windshield quickly, set the temperature to a high temperature and the fan speed to the maximum level.

After the windshield is cleared, push the front defogger “ will turn off.) tion mode “

” button again. (The indicator light

.

When the front defogger “ ” button is pushed, the air conditioner will automatically turn on when the outside air temperature is above −28C (288F) to defog the windshield. The air recirculation mode will automatically turn off. The outside air circula-

” will be selected to improve the defogging performance.

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(106,1)

Manual operation

GUID-5ED40235-9A58-40C0-9B7C-8F726571211F

The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired settings. (“MAN-

UAL” will appear on the display.)

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push the

“OFF” button.

Fan speed control:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the fan speed control “ ”/“ ” button. Push the “

” button to increase the fan speed. Push the

” button to decrease the fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode.

Air flow control:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the “MODE” button to change the air flow mode.

— Air flows from the center and side ventilators.

— Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the foot outlets

— Air flows from the defogger outlets and foot outlets.

Temperature control:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the temperature control “ ”/“ ” button to set the desired temperature. Push the “ ” button to increase the temperature. Push the “ decrease the temperature.

” button to

Outside air circulation:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the outside air circulation “ ” button to draw the air flow from outside the vehicle. (The “ ” indicator light will illuminate.)

Air recirculation:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the air recirculation “ ” button to circulate the air flow inside the vehicle. (The “ will illuminate.)

” indicator light

Automatic air intake control:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

If the indicator light on either the outside air circulation

“ ” button or the air recirculation “ ” button is illuminated, push and hold the button with the light illuminated. (The indicator light will blink twice.) The automatic air intake control mode is set.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER

GUID-A452163A-6EF2-497F-8D8E-005E91C99A28

WARNING:

The air conditioner system contains refrigerant under high pressure. To avoid personal injury, any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment.

The air conditioner system in your vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind.

This refrigerant will not harm the earths ozone

layer. However, it may contribute in a small part to global warming.

Special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your vehicle’s air conditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to the air conditioner system.

See “Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant”

(P.9-5).

A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioner system.

Air conditioner filter (if equipped)

GUID-709F1360-AC81-4947-8F6C-C019F2B30E38

The air conditioner system is equipped with an air conditioner filter which collects pollen. To make sure the air conditioner heats, defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the filter according the specified maintenance intervals listed in the separate maintenance booklet. To replace the filter, contact a NISSAN dealer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioner.

4-8

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(107,1)

warms the rear seats.

REAR COMFORT FAN (if equipped)

GUID-FFFDB273-0524-4610-9DC6-E65E03F84A04

The rear comfort fan improves the comfort level of the rear passengers by sending air-conditioned air from the front seats area to the rear seats.

Using rear comfort fan

GUID-1024C122-8CDF-495F-A066-5E11884FD3F4

JVH0131X

1.

Turn on the air conditioner located on the instrument panel. Wait for the front seats area to reach the preferred temperature.

2.

Turn on the rear comfort fan.

The fan speed of the rear comfort fan can be adjusted with the control dial located in front

JVH0149X of the rear seats. Turn the dial to set the preferred fan speed.

:

:

:

Fan off

Minimum fan speed

Maximum fan speed

3.

The air from the front center ventilators is drawn in and blown out of the rear ventilators . Adjust the amount and the direction of the air flow by opening, closing or rotating the rear ventilators.

NOTE:

.

When using the air conditioner (cooler), by directing the air from the front center ventilators downward toward the Rear Comfort Fan, cooled air from the front center ventilators will flow more effectively to the rear seats, allowing better in-cabin air circulation while providing the rear passengers with the cool feel of the wind .

.

The temperature in the front seats needs to be air-conditioned (this may take up to 10 minutes after turning on the air conditioner) before the rear comfort fan effectively cools/

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(108,1)

AUDIO SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-C632DA94-F715-4DE3-9A27-6DCC7CB2EDB1

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

GUID-48034462-02B5-4770-8218-11DE9015C5F4

WARNING:

Do not adjust the audio system while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

The audio system operates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

Radio

GUID-B47CCA32-F597-4DDB-AA2C-0A5F669E5174

.

Radio reception is affected by station signal strength, distance from radio transmitter, buildings, bridges, mountains and other external influences. Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences.

.

Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality.

Compact Disc (CD) player

GUID-C38CE18A-7DAB-41A4-B310-15A8FAD8031D

.

During cold weather or rainy days, the player may malfunction due to the humidity. If this occurs, remove the CD from CD player and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely.

.

The player may skip while driving on rough roads.

.

The CD player sometimes may not function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Lower the temperature before use.

.

Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

.

CDs that are of poor quality, or are dirty, scratched, covered with fingerprints, or that have pin holes may not work properly.

.

The following CDs may not work properly.

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

SAA0480

.

Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction.

— 8 cm (3.1 in) discs

— CDs that are not round

— CDs with a paper label

— CDs that are warped, scratched or have unusual edges.

.

This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs.

It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs.

.

If the CD cannot be played, one of the following messages will be displayed.

Check disc:

— Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly (the label side is facing up, etc.).

— Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches.

CD reading error:

After this message is displayed, the beep sounds and then the CD in the unit will be ejected.

— Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly (the label side is facing up, etc.).

— Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches.

Push eject:

This is a malfunction due to the temperature inside the player is too high. Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button, and after a short time reinsert the CD. The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal.

Unplayable:

The file is unplayable in this audio system.

USB (Universal Serial Bus) (if equipped)

GUID-EA95B7A7-45E6-4261-A92D-F3217AA4ED71

WARNING:

Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION:

.

Do not force the USB device into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or upside-down into the port may damage the

4-10

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(109,1)

port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port.

.

Do not grab the USB port cover (if equipped) when pulling the USB device out of the port.

This could damage the port and the cover.

.

Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable may damage the port.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device. USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary.

This system cannot be used to format USB devices. To format a USB device, use a personal computer.

In some states/area, the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regulatory reasons, even when the vehicle is parked.

This system supports various USB memory devices,

USB hard drives and iPod players. Some USB devices may not be supported by this system.

.

Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly.

.

Some characters used in other languages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed properly on display. Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended.

General notes for USB use:

Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device.

Compact Disc with MP3 or WMA

GUID-AF3A395C-57D2-4323-813C-321051C4B33A

Explanation of terms:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

.

MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts

Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format. This format allows for near “CD quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD can reduce the file size by approximately 10:1 ratio (Sampling:

44.1 kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no perceptible loss in quality. MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn’t hear.

.

WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality.

.

Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music files. The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file.

.

Sampling frequency — The rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital (A/D conversion) per second.

.

Multisession — Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media. Writing data once to the media is called a single session, and writing more than once is called a multisession.

.

ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title, artist, album title, encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc. ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album/Artist/Song title line on the display.

* Windows

® and Windows Media

® are registered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of

America and other countries of Microsoft Corporation of the USA.

Playback order:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

SAA1025

Playback order chart

The music playback order of the CD with MP3 or

WMA is as illustrated.

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

.

The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display.

.

If there is a file in the top level of the disc, “Root

Folder” is displayed.

.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order.

4-12

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(110,1)

(111,1)

Specification chart (model without USB connector):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Supported media

Supported file systems

Supported versions*1

Version

Sampling frequency

Bit rate

Version

Sampling frequency

Bit rate

Tag information (Song title and Artist name)

Folder levels

MP3

WMA*3

Displayable character codes*2

CD, CD-R, CD-RW

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet

ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.

Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.

MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

8 kHz - 48 kHz

8kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

32 kHz - 48 kHz

32 kbps - 192kbps, VBR*4

ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including route folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE

(UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16

BOM Little Endian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.

*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

*3 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.

*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly. WMA7 and WMA8 are not applied to VBR.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-13

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(112,1)

Specification chart (model with USB connector):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Supported media

Supported file systems

Supported versions*1

Version

Sampling frequency

Bit rate

Version

Sampling frequency

Bit rate

Version

Sampling frequency

Bit rate

Tag information (Song title and Artist name)

Folder levels

MP3

WMA*3

AAC

Displayable character codes*2

CD, CD-R, CD-RW

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet

ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.

Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.

MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

8 kHz - 48 kHz

32 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

32 kHz - 48 kHz

48 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

MPEG-4 AAC

8 kHz - 48 kHz

32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4

ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including route folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE

(UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16

BOM Little Endian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.

*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

*3 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.

*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly. WMA7 and WMA8 are not applied to VBR.

4-14

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(113,1)

Troubleshooting guide:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Symptom

Cause and Countermeasure

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.

Cannot play

Poor sound quality

It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skips

Skipping with high bit rate files

Move immediately to the next song when playing.

The songs do not play back in the desired order.

If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data), MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.

Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.

Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before the music starts playing.

The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3, “.wma”, or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-15

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

ANTENNA

GUID-BB7B16F5-20BF-4B93-8225-E6468736C3E3

CAUTION:

.

Be sure to fold down the antenna before the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling.

.

Be sure that antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash.

(114,1)

JVH0143X

The angle of the antenna can be changed.

Removing antenna

GUID-26161325-BFDB-40F9-AEB3-9EE09F6634B6

You can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove by turning counterclockwise.

To install the antenna, turn the antenna clockwise and tighten.

4-16

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type A)

GUID-F281EBCD-EA78-4B87-87DE-3B67FB64182D

17.

MENU button

(115,1)

1.

MUTE button

2.

FM·AM radio band select button

3.

CD button

4.

Radio memory buttons

5.

AUX button

6.

CD EJECT button

7.

DISP button

8.

SEEK/TRACK/FILE button

Condition: 'Except for China'/

JVH0011X

9.

SCAN button

10.

RDM (Random) button

11.

RPT (Repeat) button

12.

Power button/Volume control knob

13.

AUX IN (auxiliary input) jack

14.

AUTO.P (Automatic Preset) button

15.

SCRL (Scroll) button

16.

TUNE/FF (Forward)·REW (Rewind)/FOLDER button

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-17

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(116,1)

Audio main operation

GUID-C54D1675-12DF-48C9-B28F-4F27FA6D1B53

The audio system operates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

POWER button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To turn on the audio system, push the Power button.

.

The system will turn on in the mode, which was used immediately before the system was turned off.

.

If there is no CD loaded, the radio will be turned on.

To turn off the audio system, push the PWR button.

Volume control:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To control the volume, turn the VOLUME control knob.

Turn the knob clockwise to make the sound louder.

Turn the knob counterclockwise to make the sound quieter.

MENU button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To change the audio settings, push the select the mode while the CD or radio is on.

button to

Push the on the display.

button until the desired mode appears

BASS ? TREBLE ? FADE ? BALANCE ? BEEP ?

CLOCK ? BASS

Push the SEEK/TRACK/FILE button (

TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button ( adjust the audio settings.

or or ) or

) to

: ( −) to decrease / (+) to increase

: ( −) to decrease / (+) to increase

: (F) to adjust fade to the front/ (R) to adjust fade to the rear

: (R) to adjust balance to the right/ (L) to adjust balance to the left

Once the audio settings are set to the desired level, push the button until the radio or CD display appears.

If no action is performed for approximately 5 seconds, the audio settings mode will automatically return to the normal mode.

To turn the beep sound off or on, push the SEEK/

TRACK/FILE button

FOLDER button or or or TUNE/FF·REW/ until the desired mode is displayed. This turns on or off the beep sound when audio buttons are pushed.

Clock display:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To display the clock on the screen, perform the following operations.

1.

Push the button repeatedly until CLOCK ON or OFF appears on the display while the audio system is on.

or 2.

Push the SEEK/TRACK/FILE button or TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button to select CLOCK ON.

or

Clock adjustment:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To adjust the clock, turn the clock display on and perform the following operations.

1.

Push the button while CLOCK ON is on the display. The hour and minute digits blink.

2.

To adjust the hours, push the SEEK/TRACK/FILE button or .

3.

To adjust the minutes, push the TUNE/FF·REW/

FOLDER button or .

If no user input is detected for 10 seconds, or when the “MENU” button is pushed, the clock setting mode will automatically return to the normal mode.

4-18

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

MUTE button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Press the button to mute the sound. Press again to restore the sound.

AUX button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit. The AUX

IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape, CD player,

MP3 player or laptop computer.

Push the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.

NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo mini plug cable when connecting your music device to the audio system. Music may not play properly when a monaural cable is used.

WARNING:

Do not allow the cable or an external device connected to the AUX terminal to affect your driving.

NOTE:

.

Depending on the external device, please note that the volume may be louder or quieter than that of the external device.

.

When the AUX contacts the plug of the connector cable, noise may be heard.

.

The connected external device cannot be operated with the main audio system. The volume and sound quality can be adjusted.

.

The song title in the external device cannot be displayed on the audio display.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(117,1)

.

For the power source of the external device, use the special battery. The external device cannot be charged with the AUX terminal.

Noise may be heard if the CD, radio etc. is operated while charging the battery with the power socket of the vehicle.

FM-AM radio operation

GUID-28C69204-9228-450B-8BAE-72DCA8C26DEF

JVH0012X

The audio system operates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

button:

When the

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B button is pushed while the audio system is off, the audio system will turn on and the radio will turn on.

When the button is pushed while another audio source is playing, the other audio source will turn off and the radio will turn on.

button until To change the radio bands, push the the desired band is displayed.

AM ? FM1 ? FM2

The FM stereo indicator, “ST” will display during FM stereo reception. When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception.

TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

When adjusting the broadcasting station frequency manually, push the or button until the desired frequency is achieved.

When adjusting the broadcasting station frequency automatically, push the or button.

When the system detects a broadcasting station, it will stop at the station.

3.

The switch number and frequency will appear on the display when the memory is stored properly.

4.

Perform steps 1 - 3 for all other memory buttons.

Push a memory button (1 - 6) to select a memory.

If the battery cable is disconnected or if the audio fuse blows, the radio memory will be erased. In such a case, reset the desired stations.

SEEK button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

When adjusting the broadcasting station frequency automatically, push the or button. When the system detects a broadcasting station, it will stop at the station.

button:

When the

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B button is pushed, the system will seek and stop at the detected broadcasting station for 5 seconds, and then it will start to seek for the next broadcasting station.

Push the seeking.

button in this 5-second period to stop

Radio memory button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

The audio system can store up to 12 FM station frequencies (for FM1 and FM2) and 6 AM station frequencies.

To store the station frequency:

1.

Tune to the desired broadcasting station frequency by using the or button.

2.

Push and hold a memory button (1 - 6) until a beep sounds.

(Automatic Preset) button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

The audio system can store up to 6 FM station frequencies and 6 AM station frequencies.

To store the station frequency automatically, push and hold the button until a beep sounds. The station will be automatically stored in the “AUTO.P” memory.

The display indicates “AP-**”.

Push the button to select a memory.

CD player operation

GUID-FD0EFEF3-2D2B-4FF0-B74D-AA7A7F48CFC9

JVH0012X

The audio system operates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-19

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(118,1)

Loading:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Insert a CD into the slot with the label side facing up.

The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and will start playing. To stop playing, push the Power button.

CAUTION:

Do not force the compact disc into the slot. This could damage the player.

pushed. When the last track of the CD is forwarded, the first track will be played.

When the button is pushed while a CD is being played, the present track will start over from the beginning of the current track. Push the button several times to skip back tracks. The CD will rewind the number of times the button is pushed. When the first track of the CD is rewound, the last track will be played.

button:

When the

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B button is pushed while a CD is loaded, the CD will start playing automatically.

button:

When the

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B button is pushed while a CD with a title is being played, the display will change as follows:

CD:

When the

TUNE/FF·REW/FOLDER button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B or button (located on the right side) is pushed and held while a CD is being played, the CD will be played while forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released, the CD will return to the normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed while a

CD with MP3 or WMA is being played, the first track in the next or the previous folder will be played.

CD with MP3 or WMA:

NOS2417

button:

When the

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B button is pushed while a CD is being played, the first 10 seconds of all the tracks will be played.

When the button is pushed again, the CD will return to normal play from the track which is playing.

NOS2418

When the

SEEK/TRACK/FILE button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B button (located on the left side) is pushed while a CD is being played, the present track will be advanced and move to the next track. Push the button several times to skip forward tracks.

The CD will advance the number of times the button is

(Repeat) button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To change the play settings, push the button to select the mode.

CD:

RPT DISC ? RPT TRACK

4-20

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

CD with MP3 or WMA:

RPT DISC ? RPT FOLDER ? RPT TRACK

.

RPT DISC:

All the tracks of the CD will be played continuously in sequential order. The display indicates no symbol mark. While the button is pushed, the display indicates “RPT DISC”.

.

RPT TRACK:

The selected track of the CD will be played continuously. While the button is pushed, the display indicates “RPT TRACK”.

.

RPT FOLDER:

All the tracks of selected folder will be played continuously in sequential order (CD with MP3 or

WMA only). While the button is pushed, the display indicates “RPT FOLDER”.

(Random) button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To change the play sequence, push the button to select the mode.

CD:

RDM DISC ? RPT DISC

CD with MP3 or WMA:

RDM DISC ? RDM FOLDER ? RPT DISC

.

RPT DISC:

All the tracks of the CD will be played continuously in sequential order. The display indicates no symbol mark. While the button is pushed, the display indicates “RPT DISC”.

.

RDM DISC:

All the tracks or folders (CD with MP3 or WMA only) of the CD will be played continuously in random order. While the button is pushed, the display indicates “RDM DISC”.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(119,1)

.

RDM FOLDER:

All the tracks of the selected folder will be played continuously in random order (CD with MP3 or

WMA only). While the button is pushed, the display indicates “RDM FOLDER”.

(Scroll) button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

When the title is displayed but it is a long one, the whole title is not shown in the display. In this case, push the button to scroll the title. When the title is scrolled to the end of it, the display will stop moving and return to the first condition.

CD EJECT button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To eject a CD, push the CD EJECT button.

When the button is pushed twice, the CD will be ejected further, and the CD can be removed with ease.

If a CD is ejected by pushing the button, and it is not taken out from the loading slot, the CD will automatically be reloaded to the slot to protect the CD.

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type B)

GUID-B1A5CFB8-327A-44D0-9FA5-8B2D4549C9AF

Condition: 'Except for China'/

1.

DISP (Display) button

2.

RADIO button

3.

Day/Night button

4.

MIX button

5.

SEEK button/Rewind button

6.

SEEK button/Fast forward button

7.

SETUP button

8.

Back button

9.

CD eject button

10.

MEDIA button

11.

MUTE button

12.

Power button /Volume control knob

13.

RPT button

14.

Radio memory buttons

15.

A-Z button

16.

ENTER button/MENU knob

JVH0677X

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-21

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(120,1)

Audio main operation

GUID-31B1BD1F-2F9B-4DF8-9A8E-BE0348B21C83

The audio system operates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

Power button/Volulme control knob:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Power ON/OFF:

To turn on the audio system, push the Power button.

.

The system will turn on in the mode that was used immediately before the system was turned off.

.

If a CD was loaded or a USB, and/or an AUX device was connected when the system was turned off, and if the system was turned on again with the CD ejected or the devices disconnected, the radio will turn on.

To turn off the audio system, push the Power button.

Volume control:

To control the volume, turn the Volume control knob.

Turn the knob clockwise to make the sound louder.

Turn the knob counterclockwise to make the sound quieter.

SETUP button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To configure Audio, Clock, Radio or Language, perform the following procedure.

1.

Push the button.

2.

Turn the MENU knob clockwise or counterclockwise, the display will appear in the following order.

Audio Setting ? Clock ? Radio Setting ?

Language ? Audio Setting

3.

Push the ENTER button to select the item.

Audio adjustments:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the button and then select Audio Setting.

Turn the MENU knob, and the mode will change as follows.

Sound ? Aux In ? Speed Volume ? Bass Boost

Push the ENTER button to select the setting you want to change. Turn the MENU knob to adjust the selected item.

Sound:

Adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade. Turn the

MENU knob and then push the ENTER button to select the setting item. Turn the MENU knob to adjust the setting.

.

Bass:

Enhances or attenuates the bass response sound.

.

Treble:

Enhances or attenuates the treble.

.

Balance:

Adjusts the balance of the volume between the left and right speakers.

.

Fade:

Adjusts the balance of the volume between the front and rear (if equipped) speakers.

Aux In:

Adjusts the volume output from the auxiliary source.

Speed Volume:

Adjust the volume output from the speakers automatically in relation to the vehicle speed.

Adjusting the setting to 0 (zero) turns off the speed volume feature.

Bass Boost:

Set the bass volume between on or off.

If set in the “ON” position, bass sound is emphasized.

After the desired settings have been set, push either the button or the button continuously, and wait for 10 seconds without pushing any other buttons to exit the menu screen.

Clock setting:

Push the

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B button to enter the setup menu screen and then select Clock.

Turn the MENU knob, and the mode will change as follows.

Set Time ? ON/OFF ? Format ? Set Time

Set Time:

Select “Set Time” and then adjust the clock as follows.

The hour display will start flashing. Turn the MENU knob to adjust the hour and push the ENTER button.

The minute display will start flashing. Turn the MENU knob to adjust the minute and push the ENTER button to finish the clock adjustment.

ON/OFF:

Set the clock display between on or off when the audio unit is turned off. If set in the “ON” position, the clock will be displayed when the audio unit is turned off either by pushing the Power button or when the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” position.

Format:

Switch the clock display between 24-hour mode and

12-hour clock mode.

Language setting:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the button to enter the setup menu screen and then select Language.

Select the appropriate language and push the ENTER button. Upon completion, the screen will automatically adapt the language setting.

4-22

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(121,1)

Day/Night button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the button to switch the display brightness between the daytime and nighttime modes.

MUTE button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the button to mute the audio system. Push the button again to unmute.

MEDIA button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the button to play a compatible device when it is connected.

Each time the button is pushed, the audio source will change as follows.

CD ? USB/iPod ? AUX ? CD

A source that is not available will be skipped.

Radio operation

GUID-58F18843-7DE5-4C58-B435-3BCE6E192C95

The audio system operates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

RADIO button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

When the button is pushed while the audio system is off, the audio system will turn on and the radio will turn on.

When the button is pushed while another audio source is playing, the other audio source will turn off and the radio will turn on.

To change the radio bands, push the the desired band appears.

button until

FM 1 ? FM 2 ? AM ? FM 1

During FM reception, push and hold the update FM list.

button to

Turn the MENU knob to select a station from the FM list.

SEEK buttons:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

When adjusting the broadcasting station frequency manually, push the frequency is achieved.

or button until the desired

When adjusting the broadcasting station frequency automatically, push and hold the or button.

When the system detects a broadcasting station, it will stop at the station.

& & & & & &

(Radio memory) buttons:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

During radio reception, pushing the radio memory button for less than 2 seconds will select the stored radio station.

The audio system can store up to 12 FM station frequencies (6 in each of FM 1, FM 2) and 6 AM station frequencies.

To store the station frequency manually:

1.

Tune to the desired broadcasting station frequency by using the buttons.

2.

Push and hold a radio memory button

&

-

& until a beep sounds. (The radio mutes when the memory button is pushed.)

3.

The channel indicator will display and the radio mute disengages, indicating that the memory is stored properly.

4.

Perform steps 1 - 3 for all other memory buttons.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the audio fuse blows, the radio memory will be erased. In such a case, reset the desired stations.

CD player operation

GUID-FA95939A-AF26-414A-BFAF-904E5B83EC9E

The audio system operates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

Loading:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Insert a CD into the slot with the label side facing up.

The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and will start playing. After loading the CD, the number of tracks and the play time will appear on the display.

CAUTION:

Do not force the CD into the slot. This could damage the player.

NOTE:

.

The CD player accepts normal audio CDs or

CDs containing MP3/WMA files.

.

The audio unit will automatically detect if a

CD containing MP3/WMA files is inserted, and [MP3CD] will be indicated.

.

An error notification message will be displayed when inserting an incompatible disc type (e.g., DVD), or if the player cannot read the CD. Eject the disc and insert another disc.

MEDIA button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To change to the CD mode, push the button with a CD inserted until the CD mode is selected.

List view:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

While the track is being played, push either the ENTER button or the button to display the available track in the list. To select a track from the list, or a track to start listening to, turn the MENU knob and then push the ENTER button.

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-23

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(122,1)

Quick search:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

In the list view mode, a quick search can be performed to find a track from the list. Push the A-Z button, turn the MENU knob to the first alphabetic letter of the song title, and then push the ENTER button. When found, a list of the available songs will be displayed. Select, and push the ENTER button to play the preferred track.

Fast Forward/Rewind buttons:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push and hold the or button to fast forward or rewind through the track. When the button is released, the track will play at normal playing speed.

Track up/down:

By pushing the or button once, the track will skip forward to the next track or backward to the beginning of the current track. Push the or button more than once to skip through the tracks.

Folder browsing:

If the recorded media contains folders with music files, pushing the or button will play the tracks of each folder in sequence.

To select a preferred folder:

1.

Push the ENTER button or the button and a list of tracks in the current folder is displayed.

2.

Push the button.

3.

Turn the MENU knob for the preferred folder.

4.

Push the ENTER button to access the folder. Push the ENTER button again to start playing the first track or turn the MENU knob, and push the

ENTER button to select another track.

If the current selected folder contains sub folders, push the ENTER button, and a new screen with a list of sub folders will be displayed. Turn the MENU knob for the sub folder and then push the ENTER button to select.

Select the root folder item when songs are recorded additionally in the root folder.

To return to the previous folder screen, push the button.

RPT button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the button and the current track will be played continuously.

MIX button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the button and all the tracks will be played in a random order.

DISP button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

While a CD with title information is being played, the title of the played track is displayed.

When the button is pushed repeatedly while a CD with MP3/WMA/AAC is playing, further information about the track can be displayed along with the track title as follows.

Track time ? Artist ? Album ? Track time

Track details:

Pushing and holding the button will turn the display into a detailed overview. Push the button to return to the display for the main display mode.

CD Eject button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

When the button is pushed while a CD is loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When the button is pushed twice, the CD will be ejected further, and the CD can be removed with ease.

When the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position it is possible to eject the CD currently being

4-24

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

played. However the audio unit will not be activated.

If a CD is ejected by pushing the button, and it is not taken out from the loading slot within 8 seconds, the CD will automatically be reloaded to the slot in order to protect the CD.

USB memory device operation

GUID-0377BEF5-C500-4BE1-AFA5-701D857D1CBC

USB main operation:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

JVH0518X

WARNING:

Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION:

.

Do not force the USB device into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or upside- down into the port may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port.

.

Do not grab the USB port cover (if equipped) when pulling the USB device out of the port.

This could damage the port and the cover.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(123,1)

.

Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable may damage the port.

Refer to your device manufacture’s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device.

The USB outlet connector is located above the glove box. Open the lid and connect a USB memory device into the connector. When the audio system operates the system will switch to the USB memory device mode automatically.

If the system has been turned off while the USB memory device was playing, pushing the Power/VOL dial will start the USB memory device.

The following operations are identical to the audio main operation of the Compact Disc (CD) operation. For details, see “CD player operation” (P.4-23).

.

List view

.

Quick search

.

.

MIX (Random play)

.

RPT (Repeat track)

.

Folder browsing

MEDIA button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

To change to the USB mode, push the button with a USB connected until the USB mode is selected.

DISP button:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

While a track with recorded music information tags

(ID3-tags) is being played, the title of the played track is displayed. If the tags are not provided then a notification message is displayed.

When the button is pushed continuously, further information about the track can be displayed along with the track title as follows.

Track time ? Artist ? Album ? Track time

Track details:

Pushing and holding the button will turn the display into a detailed overview. Push the button to return to the display for the main display mode.

Auxiliary input jack

GUID-E8D6768D-53F6-4315-B5EF-0657BAE064E9

JVH0711X

The AUX input jack is located above the glove box. The

AUX input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape/CD player,

MP3 player or laptop computer.

Push the button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX input jack.

NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo mini plug cable when connecting your music device to the audio system. Music may not play properly when a monaural cable is used.

CD/USB MEMORY CARE AND CLEANING

GUID-2A993BFB-C332-4B64-B184-5EAB43509150

CD

GUID-C21429B4-CD0C-45D2-9884-3508764289BC

SAA0451

.

Handle a disc by its edges. Never touch the surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

.

Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used.

.

To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion.

Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use.

.

A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges. Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

USB memory device (if equipped)

GUID-FA91671C-7F42-4A20-B2A1-BE3D359EE963

.

Do not touch the terminal portion of the USB memory device.

.

Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory device.

.

Do not store the USB memory device in highly humid locations.

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-25

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(124,1)

.

Do not expose the USB memory device to direct sunlight.

.

Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory device.

Refer to the USB memory device Owner’s Manual for the details.

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO

CONTROL (if equipped)

GUID-ADDB0565-4BE6-4B8E-BA8C-E9DFEA81F877

Type A

Type B

JVH0005X

JVH0189X

JVH0670X

Type C

1.

SOURCE select switch

2.

VOLUME control switch

3.

Tuning switch

The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel.

SOURCE select switch

GUID-6D0465BB-4C94-4B46-A2E6-DA3F2F22377B

Push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode to available audio source.

VOLUME control switch

GUID-E03541E9-1079-4729-9D2E-AC9BB52348C3

Push the VOLUME control switch up or down to increase or decrease the volume.

Tuning switch

GUID-D69C36B4-0185-42FE-9741-DC91EF695EAF

Memory change (radio):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5 seconds to change the next or previous radio preset.

SEEK tuning (radio):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the tuning switch for more than 1.5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APS REW

(CD):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present program or skip to the next program. Push several times to skip back or skip through programs.

USB (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

.

Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number.

.

Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds will increase/decrease the folder number.

4-26

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(125,1)

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

GUID-C4FD2A6E-3A99-4141-A76F-EFE3E3E25990

When installing a CB, ham radio or a car phone in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following cautions, otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the

Engine Control System and other electronic parts.

CAUTION:

.

Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the Electronic Control Module.

.

Keep the antenna wire at least 20 cm (8 in) away from the Engine Control harnesses. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harnesses.

.

Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer.

.

Connect the ground wire from the radio chassis to the body.

.

For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.

Bluetooth

®

HANDS-FREE PHONE

SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-4CF5C870-BACE-4CDD-8EE9-B1E1DFAB1F8F

WARNING:

.

Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location. If you have to use a phone while driving, exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

.

If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION:

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a phone after starting the engine.

Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth

®

Hands-Free

Phone System. If you are an owner of a Bluetooth

® enabled cellular phone, you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the invehicle phone module. With Bluetooth

® wireless technology, you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket.

Once your cellular phone is paired to the in-vehicle phone module, no phone connecting procedure is required. Your phone is automatically connected with the in-vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed to the “ON” position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth

® cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module. However, you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time.

When a call is active, the audio system and microphone (located in the ceiling in front of the rear view mirror) are used for the handsfree communications.

If the audio system is being used at the time, the audio mode will mute and will stay muted until the active call is ended.

Before using the Bluetooth

®

Hands-Free Phone

System, refer to the following notes.

.

Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth

® functions share the same frequency band (2.4 GHz).

Using the Bluetooth

® and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the communication and cause undesired noise. It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth

® functions.

.

Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth

®

Hands-Free Phone System.

.

Some Bluetooth

® enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in-vehicle phone module.

.

You will not be able to use a hands-free phone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves; such as in a tunnel, in an underground parking garage, behind a tall building or in a mountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed.

.

When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud, it may be difficult to hear the other person’s voice during a call.

.

Immediately after the ignition switch is placed to the “ON” position, it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time.

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-27

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

.

Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the invehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption.

.

While a cellular phone is connected through the

Bluetooth

® wireless connection, the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than

.

usual.

If the Bluetooth

®

Hands-Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning, please contact a

NISSAN dealer.

.

Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers. Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise.

.

Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone, battery charging, cellular phone antenna, etc.

.

The antenna display on the audio display will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones.

.

Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller’s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes.

.

If reception between callers is unclear, adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity.

.

This wireless hands free car kit is based on

Bluetooth

® technology,

— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz

— Output Power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P

— Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/4DQPSK

— Number of Channel: 79

— This wireless equipment can’t be used for any services related to safety because there is the possibility of radio interference.

REGULATORY INFORMATION

GUID-F538DF71-C8E4-49C4-9F87-C92814881EA1

Bluetooth

®

Trademark

GUID-04CF2A8D-EA5D-4E3A-A187-234E82DF9EB0

Bluetooth

® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Visteon Corporation.

CE statement

GUID-79F80538-3F06-4307-96DD-16A0AA602EF5

Hereby “Yangfeng Visteon Automotive Electronics Co.,

Ltd.” and “Clarion Corporation” declares that this

Bluetooth car kit AV System is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of

Directive 1999/5/EC.

NSY0105

4-28

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(126,1)

(127,1)

USING THE SYSTEM

GUID-9F3AB654-59D5-44EA-A1ED-1589B56A0DA7

JVH0188X

1.

2.

3.

Volume control button

PHONE SEND

PHONE END

−/+ button button

Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model

3.

Push the

Increases or decreases the volume from the system.

4.

button.

The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the language. Push the SEEK / button to select a different language.

4.

SEEK

5.

Microphone

/

*: The illustration is for the Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model. For the Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model, the layout will be the opposite.

button

NOTE:

You must push the button or the button within 5 seconds to change the language.

Setup

GUID-D8116D85-7CF2-45F1-B627-53F973F2209A

Choosing a language:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

You can interact with the Bluetooth

®

Hands-Free

Phone System using English, Arabic, Mandarin,

Russian or Korean. To change the language, perform the following.

5.

If you decide not to change the language, do not push either button. After 5 seconds, the VR session will end, and the language will not be changed.

Pairing procedure:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Push the PHONE SEND system asks you to pair a new phone.

button. The

1.

Push and hold the seconds.

button for more than 5

2.

Initiate pairing from the cellular phone and enter a

PIN code for pairing your Bluetooth

® cellular phone. Operate it to enter the code “1234”.

2.

The system announces: “Press the PHONE END

( ) button to select a different language.”

The code is always “1234” regardless of the number of phones paired. The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone manufacturer. See the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for details.

3.

After the prompt “Please say a name for the phone.” by the system, say a name for the phone.

If the name is too long, it will not be fully registered.

4.

The system will inform you that the cellular phone is successfully registered.

Registering an additional phone:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth

® cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module. However, you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time.

1.

Push the PHONE SEND

/ button and SEEK button to select “Connect Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

2.

Push the SEEK / button to select

“Add Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

3.

The system asks you to initiate pairing from your

Bluetooth

® cellular phone and enter a PIN code for pairing the phone. Operate it to enter the code

“1234”.

The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone manufacturer.

See the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for details.

4.

After the prompt “Please say a name for the phone.” by the system, say a name for the phone.

If the name is too long, it will not be fully registered.

5.

The system will inform you that the cellular phone is successfully registered.

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-29

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(128,1)

Selecting a registered phone:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK

/ button to select “Connect Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

2.

Push the SEEK / button to select

“Select Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

3.

Push the SEEK / button. Each time the button is operated, the system announces the names of the phones. Select the phone you wish to use.

4.

Push the PHONE SEND complete the selection.

button to

Deleting a registered phone:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK

/ button to select “Connect Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

2.

Push the SEEK / button to select

“Delete Phone”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

3.

Push the SEEK / button. Each time the button is operated, the system announces the name of the phones. Select the phone you wish to delete.

4.

When the system asks if you want to delete, push the PHONE SEND button. To cancel the deletion, push the PHONE END button.

5.

The system asks you to confirm the deletion. To delete the desired phone, push the PHONE

SEND button again.

NOTE:

When you delete a phone, the associated phonebook for the phone will also be deleted.

Bluetooth

®

on/off:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Push the PHONE SEND button until the system announces “Settings menu”.

2.

Push the SEEK

Bluetooth on or off.

/ button to select

3.

To turn on/off the Bluetooth

® hands-free phone system, push the PHONE SEND button.

When Bluetooth

® is off, you will not be able to make or receive calls by the hands-free mode. Also, you will not have access to the phonebook.

Phonebook

GUID-150FEEBC-45AC-4678-841D-6AAEEC550327

The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone paired with the system.

NOTE:

Each phone has its own separate phonebook.

You cannot access Phone As phonebook if you

are currently connected with Phone B.

New entry:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

This function is not available while driving.

1.

Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK

/ button to select “PHONEBOOK”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

2.

Push the SEEK / button to select

“Transfer Entry”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

3.

When the system says “Please transfer the phone number from your handset.”, operate your cellular phone to send the phonebook to the system.

The memory sending procedure from the Bluetooth

® cellular phone varies according to each

4-30

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

cellular phone manufacturer. See the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for more details.

4.

When prompted by the system, say the name that you would like to give for the new entry.

Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words.

5.

When the system requires you to repeat the name, say the name again.

6.

Push the PHONE SEND button to continue the entry, or push the PHONE END button to finish the phone mode.

Delete:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

This function is not available while driving.

1.

Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK

/ button to select “PHONEBOOK”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

2.

Push the SEEK / button to select

“Delete Entry”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

3.

Push the SEEK / button and choose the phonebook entry you wish to delete.

4.

When the system asks if you want to delete the contact, push the PHONE SEND button.

To cancel the deletion, push the PHONE END button.

5.

The system asks you to confirm the deletion.

6.

To delete the desired contact, push the PHONE

SEND button again.

7.

Push the PHONE SEND button to continue the deletion or push the PHONE END button to finish the phone mode.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(129,1)

Making a call

GUID-103CAEDF-986A-4451-81D3-C6320BFDAF44

Phonebook:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK

/ button to select “CALL”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

2.

Push the SEEK / button to select

“List Name”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

3.

Push the SEEK / button, and choose the phonebook entry you wish to call.

The system acknowledges the name and begins the call.

Redial:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Push the PHONE SEND button and SEEK

/ button to select “CALL”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

2.

Push the SEEK / button to select

“Redial”, and then push the PHONE SEND button.

3.

Push the PHONE SEND the system begins the call.

button, and then

Bluetooth

®

cellular phone keypad:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

You can also make a call by operating the cellular phone that is registered to the in-vehicle phone module to use the hands-free phone system.

Ending a call:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Push the PHONE END button on the steering wheel or the off button on the cellular phone.

Receiving or rejecting a call

GUID-74512CCE-7F86-4315-B7C6-C4F6B296E43A

When you hear the ring tone, push the PHONE SEND button on the steering wheel.

If you do not wish to answer the call when you hear the ring tone, push the PHONE END button.

Transferring a call

GUID-FC8FEFA6-DF55-44C6-B2AF-627936446C67

During a call, push the PHONE SEND to switch the call from the Bluetooth

® button

Hands-Free

Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired.

Push the PHONE SEND to the hands-free mode.

button again to return

Some Bluetooth

® cellular phones may not be able to return to the hands-free mode. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for information about reconnection.

Once the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” position and then placed back in the “ON” position again, the system will automatically change to the hands-free mode as the default setting.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

4-31

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

MEMO

4-32

Heater and air conditioner, and audio system

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(130,1)

5 Starting and driving

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable

Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(131,1)

(132,1)

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE

GUID-9D7B988A-7AAC-4994-A4EC-3E5AFC2009B4

During the first 1,600 km (1,000 miles), follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle. Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance.

.

Do not drive at a constant speed, either fast or slow, for long periods of time.

.

Do not run the engine over 4,000 rpm. (HR12 or

HR15 engine)

.

Do not run the engine over 2,500 rpm. (K9K engine)

.

Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

.

Do not start quickly.

.

Do not brake hard as much as possible.

BEFORE STARTING ENGINE

GUID-FB3F1F63-B2DF-4823-B4E2-00BC901A3876

WARNING:

The driving characteristics of your vehicle will change remarkably by any additional load and its distribution, as well as by adding optional equipment (trailer coupling, roof racks, etc.).

Your driving style and speed must be adjusted according to the circumstances. Especially when carrying heavy loads, your speed must be reduced adequately.

.

Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear.

.

Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition. Measure and check the tire pressure for proper inflation.

.

Check that all windows and lights are clean.

.

Adjust the seat and head restraint positions.

.

Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirror positions.

.

Fasten your seat belt and ask all passengers to do the same.

.

Check that all doors are closed.

.

Check the operation of the warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position.

.

Maintenance items in the “8. Maintenance and doit-yourself” section should be checked periodically.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING

AND DRIVING

GUID-0DDFA1BA-0E4D-4D8D-914D-F8C260F36890

WARNING:

.

Never leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently become involved in a serious accident and injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal illness to people or animals.

.

Closely supervise children when they are around your vehicle to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured. Keep the vehicle locked with the trunk closed

when not in use, and prevent childrens

access to vehicle keys.

NOTE:

During the first few months after purchasing a new vehicle, if you smell strong odors of Volatile

Organic Compounds (VOCs) inside the vehicle, ventilate the passenger compartment thoroughly. Open all the windows before entering or while in the vehicle. In addition, when the temperature in the passenger compartment rises, or when the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight for a period of time, turn off the air recirculation mode of the air conditioner and/or open the windows to allow sufficient fresh air into the passenger compartment.

5-2

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(133,1)

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

GUID-046A8C36-D5E5-4D69-ADC8-229087CE51D8

WARNING:

.

Do not breathe exhaust gas; it contains colorless and odorless carbon monoxide.

Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.

.

If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle, drive with all windows fully open, and have the vehicle inspected immediately.

.

Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage.

.

Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for an extended period of time.

.

Keep the trunk lid closed while driving, otherwise exhaust gas could be drawn into the passenger compartment. If you must drive with the trunk lid open, follow these precautions:

— Open all the windows.

— Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air.

.

If a special body or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage, follow

the manufacturers recommendation to pre-

vent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle.

(Some recreational vehicle appliances such as stoves, refrigerators, heaters, etc. may also generate carbon monoxide.)

.

The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever:

— Your vehicle is raised while being serviced.

— You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment.

— You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system, underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST (gasoline engine model)

GUID-1F4D37F1-C9FA-4A7B-BB0D-FF7FDFDD7B71

WARNING:

.

The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep people, animals and flammable materials away from the exhaust system components.

.

Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.

The three-way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust gas in the three-way catalyst is burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

CAUTION:

.

Do not use leaded gasoline. (See “Recommended fuel/lubricants and capacities” (P.9-

2).) Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the ability of the three-way catalyst to help reduce exhaust pollutants and/or damage the three-way catalyst.

.

Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical systems may cause overrich fuel to flow into the three-way catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do not keep driving if the engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected. Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer.

.

Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the three-way catalyst.

.

Do not race the engine while warming it up.

.

Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.

Starting and driving

5-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(134,1)

CARE WHEN DRIVING

GUID-887D0EDB-C957-4BEF-A5CD-CC47FFD725E0

Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances is essential for your safety and comfort. As a driver, you should be the one who knows best how to drive in the given circumstances.

ENGINE COLD START PERIOD

GUID-D8912B0E-9CEB-44B6-B373-46C97DF8D3F4

Due to the higher engine speeds, when the engine is cold, extra caution must be exercised when selecting a gear during the engine warm-up period after starting the engine.

LOADING LUGGAGE

GUID-22420696-7856-455C-B5B6-9AF607ACA45E

Loads and their distribution and the attachment of equipment (coupling devices, roof baggage carriers, etc.) will considerably change the driving characteristics of the vehicle. Your driving style and speed must be adjusted according to the circumstances.

DRIVING IN WET CONDITIONS

GUID-3EFD08C4-0BAA-429E-A767-3C3F141A9D4A

.

Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.

.

Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly.

.

Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front.

When water covers the road surface with water puddles, small water streams, etc., reduce speed to prevent hydroplaning which can cause skidding and loss of control. Worn tires will increase this risk.

DRIVING IN WINTER CONDITIONS

GUID-A9C142A5-700B-4FF2-994E-355F35D42625

.

Drive cautiously.

.

Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.

.

Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly.

.

Avoid sudden steering.

.

Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front.

IGNITION SWITCH (model without

Intelligent Key system)

GUID-061F5539-0E0B-4F5E-8412-6DEB6FA97FBC

WARNING:

Never remove the key or turn the ignition switch

to the LOCKposition while driving. The steer-

ing wheel will lock. This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (AT)/CON-

TINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION

(CVT)

GUID-2A58D1F2-FD0D-4485-9608-2233A77F431E

3.

Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK” position.

4.

Remove the key, if it is inserted in the ignition switch.

If the ignition switch is turned to the “LOCK” position, the shift lever cannot be moved from the “P” (Park) position. The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the “ON” position with the foot brake pedal depressed.

The “OFF” position is between the “LOCK” and

“ACC” positions, although it is not marked on the ignition switch.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)

GUID-93665DA0-1679-4532-9E5E-814806D9C017

SSD0392

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the “LOCK” position until the shift lever is moved to the “P” (Park) position. When moving the ignition switch to the “LOCK” position, to remove the key from the ignition switch, make sure the shift lever is in the “P” (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be turned to the

“LOCK” position:

1.

Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.

2.

Turn the ignition switch slightly in the “ON” direction.

SSD0503

The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driving.

The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the “LOCK” position.

To turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK” position from the “ACC” or “ON” position, turn the key to the “OFF” position, push the key in, then turn the key to the

“LOCK” position.

The “OFF” position is between the “LOCK” and

“ACC” positions, although it is not labeled on the ignition switch.

5-4

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(135,1)

STEERING LOCK

GUID-4FDD65E7-6635-4231-A2EB-756D4A2C9510

To lock steering wheel

GUID-0B83B5BC-0505-4773-83AD-EFBD9AB64D0F

1.

Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK” position.

2.

Remove the key.

3.

Turn the steering wheel 1/6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position.

To unlock steering wheel

GUID-66CA1D10-8C66-422A-8714-3196943F2714

1.

Insert the key into the ignition switch.

2.

Gently turn the ignition switch while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left.

KEY POSITIONS

GUID-27190651-C7B9-479E-99BC-E963442B3EE0

LOCK (0)

GUID-9CDA6886-A5F0-47B1-BF88-A208A89101EA

The ignition key can only be removed at this position.

The steering lock can only be locked at this position.

OFF (1)

GUID-519A419B-9E57-4F10-93A6-E3BE604C778E

The engine is turned off with the steering wheel unlocked.

ACC (2)

GUID-2DC0E465-F863-49D5-A37A-B10C195E729E

The electrical accessory power activates without the engine turned on.

ON (3)

GUID-D9BB44B7-6AD2-48D5-A3A4-499CC56AE027

The ignition system and the electrical accessory power activate without the engine turned on.

START (4)

GUID-0EF30CCA-E626-45F6-A395-458E0EE4FF00

The engine starter activates and the engine will start.

The ignition switch, when released, will automatically turn to the “ON” position.

CAUTION:

As soon as the engine has started, release the ignition switch immediately.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

(model with Intelligent Key system)

GUID-6AA64E4D-CF2A-4C55-B7FC-A807EBE1BCFB

PRECAUTIONS ON PUSH-BUTTON IGNI-

TION SWITCH OPERATION

GUID-72610BF4-7A13-4F7C-9268-B1CD0D54F95F

WARNING:

Do not operate the push-button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency.

(The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) The steering wheel will lock and could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

This could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

Before operating the push-button ignition switch, be sure to move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position

(for Automatic Transmission/Continuously Variable

Transmission model) or the shift lever to the “N”

(Neutral) position (for Manual Transmission model).

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

GUID-776CEBEB-E2AC-49C4-83E9-3B7C2C073CB7

The Intelligent Key system can operate the ignition switch without taking the key out from your pocket or bag. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation.

CAUTION:

.

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle.

.

Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

.

If the vehicle battery is discharged, the ignition switch cannot be switched from the “LOCK” position, and if the steering lock is engaged, the steering wheel cannot be moved. Charge the battery as soon as

Starting and driving

5-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(136,1)

possible (See “Jump starting” (P.6-8).)

Operating range

GUID-F4B305E6-5716-4B0A-8C41-A551B759EC8E

JVS0057X

The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range as illustrated.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the ignition switch to start the engine.

.

The trunk area is not included in the operating range, but the Intelligent Key may function.

.

If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, rear parcel shelf, inside the glove box, door pocket or the corner of the interior compartment, the Intelligent Key may not function.

.

If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may function.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously

Variable Transmission (CVT) model

GUID-59D71E40-A758-4908-8674-FBC599D2EE34

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the “LOCK” position until the shift lever is moved to the “P” (Park) position. When pushing the ignition switch to the “OFF” position, make sure the shift lever is in the “P” (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be switched to the

“LOCK” position:

1.

Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.

2.

Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

3.

Open the door. The ignition switch will change to the “LOCK” position.

If the ignition switch is switched to the “LOCK” position, the shift lever cannot be moved from the “P”

(Park) position. The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the “ON” position with the foot brake depressed.

STEERING LOCK

GUID-914D3B9D-F720-4504-9ED4-4E4F2DA374ED

The ignition switch is equipped with an anti-theft steering lock device.

To lock steering wheel

GUID-2C665240-41B9-48F8-A9B2-CB4E268CB563

1.

Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position where the ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate.

2.

Open or close the door. The ignition switch turns to the “LOCK” position.

3.

Turn the steering wheel 1/6 of a turn to the right or left from the straight up position.

To unlock steering wheel

GUID-10918C66-44D9-4576-8607-B43EC7F70FFB

Push the ignition switch, and the steering wheel will be automatically unlocked.

CAUTION:

.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, the push-button ignition switch cannot be switched from the “LOCK” position.

.

If the ignition switch position does not change from the “LOCK” position, push the ignition switch again while rotating the steering wheel slightly to the right and left.

IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS

GUID-AA2B6174-3D5C-4DE9-9C53-A53D678CD7E4

SSD0859

When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal (Automatic Transmission/Continuously

Variable Transmission model) or the clutch pedal

(Manual Transmission model), the ignition switch position will change as follows:

.

Push once to change to “ACC”.

.

Push two times to change to “ON”.

.

Push three times to change to “OFF”.

5-6

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(137,1)

.

Push four times to return to “ACC”.

.

Open or close any door to return to “LOCK” when in the “OFF” position.

The indicator light on the ignition switch illuminates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

LOCK position

GUID-7E1423E2-7422-4440-9375-4AEA6EB46A16

The ignition switch and steering lock can only be locked at this position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the “ACC” position while carrying the Intelligent Key.

ACC position

GUID-CD0CE57C-FF81-469E-9279-CAF30AF174B6

The electrical accessory power activates at this position without the engine turned on.

ON position

GUID-01980C4B-628F-428D-8FD6-8D850DA23546

The ignition system and the electrical accessory power activate at this position without the engine turned on.

OFF position

GUID-203DEC7B-A4ED-4E31-B25D-C4905353458A

The engine is turned off with the steering wheel unlocked.

WARNING:

Never push the ignition switch to the OFF

position while driving. The steering wheel may lock and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle, resulting in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

CAUTION:

Do not leave the vehicle for extended periods of time when the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or

“ON” position and the engine is not running.

This can discharge the battery.

NOTE:

When the ignition switch is pushed while the

Idling Stop System (if equipped) is activated, the ignition switch will be placed in the "OFF" position.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE

GUID-61F208D1-B72D-419F-9E77-070B019F9F38

SSD0860

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged, or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent

Key operation, start the engine according to the following procedure:

1.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously

Variable Transmission (CVT) model:

Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) or “N”

(Neutral) position.

Manual Transmission (MT) model:

Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position.

2.

Firmly depress the brake pedal (AT/CVT model) or the clutch pedal (MT model).

3.

Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)

4.

Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal (AT/CVT model) or the clutch pedal

(MT model) within 10 seconds after the chime sounds. The engine will start.

After step 3 is performed, when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal (AT/CVT model) or the clutch pedal (MT model), the ignition switch position will change to “ACC”.

NOTE:

.

When the ignition switch is pushed to the

ACCor ONposition or the engine is

started by the above procedures, the Intelligent Key system warning light may blink in yellow (on the meter) even if the Intelligent

Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. To stop the warning light from blinking, touch the ignition switch with the

Intelligent Key again.

.

If the Intelligent Key system warning light in the meter is blinking in green, replace the

battery as soon as possible. (See Battery

(P.8-21).)

Starting and driving

5-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(138,1)

STARTING ENGINE (model without

Intelligent Key system)

GUID-306ADC48-BF46-4E84-BDD5-F438768A9DB7

GASOLINE ENGINE

GUID-AC68A06E-3823-42B5-8506-C470A4837572

1.

Apply the parking brake.

2.

Depress the foot brake pedal.

3.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously

Variable Transmission (CVT) model:

Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) or “N”

(Neutral) position.

The starter is designed to operate only when the shift lever is in the proper position.

Manual Transmission (MT) model:

Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position, and depress the clutch pedal to the floor while starting the engine.

The starter is designed to not operate unless the clutch pedal is depressed.

4.

Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to the “START” position.

5.

Immediately release the ignition switch when the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedures.

If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold or hot weather, depress the accelerator pedal and hold it to help start the engine.

CAUTION:

.

Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, turn the ignition switch off and wait 10 seconds before cranking the engine again.

Otherwise, the starter could be damaged.

.

If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables,

5-8

Starting and driving the instructions and cautions contained in the “6. In case of emergency” section should be carefully followed.

6.

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting the engine to warm-up. Drive at moderate speeds for a short distance first, especially in cold weather.

CAUTION:

Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is warming up.

DIESEL ENGINE

GUID-42A0C120-07E9-4D78-843B-AEA3A6B55733

1.

Apply the parking brake.

2.

Depress the foot brake pedal.

3.

Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position, and depress the clutch pedal to the floor while starting the engine.

4.

Turn the ignition switch to the “ON” position and wait until the glow plug indicator light off.

turns

5.

Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to the “START” position.

6.

Immediately release the ignition switch when the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedures.

CAUTION:

.

Do not operate the starter for more than 20 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, turn the ignition switch off and wait 20 seconds before cranking the engine again.

Otherwise, the starter could be damaged.

.

If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, the instructions and cautions contained in the “6. In case of emergency” section should be carefully followed.

7.

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting the engine to warm-up. Drive at moderate speeds for a short distance first, especially in cold weather.

CAUTION:

Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is warming up.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(139,1)

STARTING ENGINE (model with

Intelligent Key system)

GUID-7836E316-5FAE-45D9-AF28-B95374DCA4D8

GASOLINE ENGINE

GUID-61FEC34E-7815-4506-849B-CAA3BFB9A428

1.

Apply the parking brake.

2.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously

Variable Transmission (CVT) model:

Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) or the “N”

(Neutral) position.

The starter is designed to operate only when the shift lever is in the proper position.

Manual Transmission (MT) model:

Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position.

The starter is designed to not operate unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed.

The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch.

3.

Push the ignition switch to the “ON” position.

Depress the brake pedal (AT/CVT model) or the clutch pedal (MT model) and push the ignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal or clutch pedal with the ignition switch in any position.

4.

Immediately release the ignition switch when the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedures.

If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold or hot weather, depress the accelerator pedal and hold it. Push the ignition switch for up to 15 seconds while holding. Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts.

CAUTION:

.

As soon as the engine has started, release the ignition switch immediately.

.

Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position and wait 10 seconds before cranking the engine again. Otherwise, the starter could be damaged.

.

If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, the instructions and cautions contained in the “6. In case of emergency” section should be carefully followed.

5.

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting the engine to warm-up. Drive at moderate speeds for a short distance first, especially in cold weather.

CAUTION:

Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is warming up.

6.

To stop the engine, move the shift lever to the “P”

(Park) position (AT/CVT model) or move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position (MT model), apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

DIESEL ENGINE

GUID-BF08C577-6391-4883-9E2B-64BB22D88701

1.

Apply the parking brake.

2.

Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position.

The starter is designed to not operate unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed.

The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch.

3.

Push the ignition switch to the “ON” position and wait until the glow plug indicator light turns off. Depress the clutch pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push and release the ignition switch while depressing the clutch pedal with the ignition switch in any position.

4.

Immediately release the ignition switch when the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedures.

If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold or hot weather, depress the accelerator pedal and hold it. Push the ignition switch for up to 15 seconds while holding. Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts.

CAUTION:

.

As soon as the engine has started, release the ignition switch immediately.

.

Do not operate the starter for more than 20 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position and wait 20 seconds before cranking the engine again. Otherwise, the starter could be damaged.

Starting and driving

5-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(140,1)

.

If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, the instructions and cautions contained in the “6. In case of emergency” section should be carefully followed.

5.

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting the engine to warm-up. Drive at moderate speeds for a short distance first, especially in cold weather.

CAUTION:

Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is warming up.

6.

To stop the engine, move the shift lever to the “N”

(Neutral) position, apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

DRIVING VEHICLE

GUID-823B81B0-9920-4FBE-A8C7-A21047D18FCF

DRIVING WITH AUTOMATIC TRANSMIS-

SION (AT)

GUID-22DBD251-F073-4264-95C4-182C6BC6409F

The Automatic Transmission (AT) in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages. Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment.

WARNING:

Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads.

This may cause a loss of control.

CAUTION:

.

The cold engine idle speed is high, so use caution when shifting the transmission into a forward or reverse position before the engine has warmed up.

.

Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle is stopped. This could cause unexpected vehicle movement.

.

Never shift to either the “P” (Park) or “R”

(Reverse) position while the vehicle is moving. This could cause serious damage to the transmission.

.

Except in an emergency, do not shift to the

“N” (Neutral) position while driving. Coasting with the transmission in the “N” (Neutral) position may cause serious damage to the transmission.

.

Start the engine in either the “P” (Park) or

“N” (Neutral) position. The engine will not start in any other position. If it does, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

.

Shift into the “P” (Park) position and apply the parking brake when at a standstill for longer than a short waiting period.

.

Keep the engine at idling speed while shifting from the “N” (Neutral) position to any driving position.

.

When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake pedal should be depressed in this situation.

Starting vehicle

GUID-4E1E5CE5-5B3B-4DE3-94F0-F68A6DD2470A

1.

After starting the engine, fully depress the foot brake pedal before shifting the shift lever out of the

“P” (Park) position.

2.

Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever to a driving position.

3.

Release the parking brake, the foot brake pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

The AT is designed so the foot brake pedal

MUST be depressed before shifting from the P

(Park) position to any driving position while the

ignition switch is in the ONposition.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P

(Park) position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the

LOCK, OFFor ACCposition or if the key is

removed.

CAUTION:

.

DEPRESS THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL - Shifting the shift lever to “D”, “R”, “2” or “1” without depressing the foot brake pedal causes the vehicle to move slowly when

5-10

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(141,1)

the engine is running. Make sure the foot brake pedal is depressed fully and the vehicle is stopped before shifting the shift lever.

.

MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER POSI-

TION - Make sure the shift lever is in the desired position. “D”, “2” and “1” are used to move forward and “R” to back up.

.

WARM UP THE ENGINE - Due to the higher idle speeds when the engine is cold, extra caution must be exercised when shifting the shift lever into the driving position immediately after starting the engine.

Shifting gear

GUID-A3AA3C8F-4A8C-4311-AE10-C55A5B5A953A

Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model

JVS0008X

:

:

:

Push the button .

Just move the shift lever.

JVS0009X

Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model

Push the button foot brake pedal.

* while depressing the

WARNING:

.

Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running.

Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage.

.

If the shift lever cannot be moved from the

P(Park) position while the engine is

running and the foot brake pedal is depressed, the stop lights may not work.

Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.

After starting the engine, fully depress the foot brake pedal, push the shift lever button and move the shift lever out of the “P” (Park) position.

If the ignition switch is the “OFF” or “ACC” position for any reason while the shift lever is in any positions other than the “P” (Park) position, the ignition switch cannot be placed in the “LOCK” position.

If the ignition switch cannot be placed in the “LOCK” position, perform the following steps:

1.

Apply the parking brake.

2.

Placed the ignition switch in the ON position while depressing the foot brake pedal.

3.

Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.

4.

Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position.

P (Park):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine. Make sure that the vehicle is

completely stopped and move the shift lever into

the P(Park) position. Apply the parking brake.

When parking on a hill, first depress the foot brake pedal, apply the parking brake, and then move the shift lever into the “P” (Park) position.

R (Reverse):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use this position to back up. Make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the “R”

(Reverse) position.

N (Neutral):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Neither the forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The engine can be started in this position. You may shift to the “N” (Neutral) position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

2 (Second gear):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use this position for climbing hills or engine braking on downhill grades.

Starting and driving

5-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(142,1)

1 (Low gear):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow, or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades.

Do not shift into the gears when the vehicle speed exceeds the following limits, otherwise the engine may over-rev and cause engine damage.

1

Shift lever position

55 km/h (34 MPH)

2

100 km/h (62 MPH)

Overdrive switch

GUID-FC439F9B-3446-4965-8DB8-644C33A7BAAE

Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model

JVS0013X

SSD1180

Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model

Each time the engine is started, the overdrive function is automatically reset to “ON”.

“ON” position:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

With the engine running and the shift lever in the “D”

(Drive) position, the transmission upshifts into the overdrive as vehicle speed increases.

Overdrive does not engage until the engine has reached operating temperature.

“OFF” position:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking is necessary, push the overdrive switch. The overdrive off indicator light in the meter panel illuminates.

When cruising at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope, you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of the overdrive repeatedly. In this case, push the overdrive switch to turn the overdrive “OFF”.

When driving conditions change, push the overdrive switch to turn the overdrive “ON”. The overdrive off indicator light will turn off.

Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time with the overdrive “OFF”. This reduces fuel economy.

Accelerator downshift - in D (Drive) position -

GUID-95305A6C-2EC2-4FBB-9B58-327096E1C036

For passing or climbing hills, depress the accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmission down into a lower gear, depending on the vehicle speed.

Shift lock release

GUID-EFC95977-22E4-424B-BF3A-4756B84048F5

If the battery is discharged, the shift lever may not be moved from the “P” (Park) position even with the foot brake pedal depressed.

To move the shift lever, release the shift lock. The shift lever can be moved to the “N” (Neutral) position.

However, the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position. This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged.

Left-Hand Drive (LHD) mode

JVS0112X

5-12

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(143,1)

JVS0014X

Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model

To release the shift lock, perform the following procedure

1.

Models with Intelligent KEY system: Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position.

Models without Intelligent KEY system: Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position and remove the key if it is inserted.

2.

Apply the parking brake.

3.

Depress the shift lock release button.

4.

Push and hold the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position while holding down the shift lock release.

5.

Place the ignition switch in the “ON” position to release the steering wheel lock.

The vehicle may be moved, by pushing, to the desired location.

If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the “P” (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer check the AT system as soon as possible.

Fail-safe

GUID-9FFA5BBD-0E39-4725-8DEB-FF48AEFAF4DE

When the fail-safe operation occurs, the AT will be locked in third gear.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions, such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe system may be activated. This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly. In this case,

place the ignition switch in the OFFposition

and wait for 3 seconds. Then turn the ignition

switch back to the ONposition. The vehicle

should return to its normal operating condition.

If it does not return to its normal operating condition, have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair it if necessary.

DRIVING WITH CONTINUOUSLY VARI-

ABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)

GUID-1000FFA4-47B6-473C-BD6E-147BEB14BE4F

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages. Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment.

WARNING:

Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads.

This may cause a loss of control.

CAUTION:

.

The cold engine idle speed is high, so use caution when shifting the transmission into a forward or reverse position before the engine has warmed up.

.

Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle is stopped. This could cause unexpected vehicle movement.

.

Never shift to either the “P” (Park) or “R”

(Reverse) position while the vehicle is moving. This could cause serious damage to the transmission.

.

Except in an emergency, do not shift to the

“N” (Neutral) position while driving. Coasting with the transmission in the “N” (Neutral) position may cause serious damage to the transmission.

.

Start the engine in either the “P” (Park) or

“N” (Neutral) position. The engine will not start in any other position. If it does, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

.

Shift into the “P” (Park) position and apply the parking brake when at a standstill for longer than a short waiting period.

.

Keep the engine at idling speed while shifting from the “N” (Neutral) position to any driving position.

.

When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake pedal should be depressed in this situation.

Starting vehicle

GUID-1C45BD5F-EADA-4D65-AECF-EE1D50F6B05E

1.

After starting the engine, fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the

“P” (Park) position.

2.

Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever to a driving position.

3.

Release the parking brake, the foot brake pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

Starting and driving

5-13

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(144,1)

The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal

MUST be depressed before shifting from the P

(Park) position to any driving position while the

ignition switch is in the ONposition.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P

(Park) position and into any of the other positions if the ignition switch is placed in the

LOCK, OFFor ACCposition or if the key is

removed.

CAUTION:

.

DEPRESS THE FOOT BRAKE PEDAL - Shifting the shift lever to “D”, “R” or “L” without depressing the foot brake pedal causes the vehicle to move slowly when the engine is running. Make sure the foot brake pedal is depressed fully and the vehicle is stopped before shifting the shift lever.

.

MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER POSI-

TION - Make sure the shift lever is in the desired position. “D” and “L” are used to move forward and “R” to back up.

.

WARM UP THE ENGINE - Due to the higher idle speeds when the engine is cold, extra caution must be exercised when shifting the shift lever into the driving position immediately after starting the engine.

JVC0026X

:

:

:

Shifting

Push the button foot brake pedal.

* while depressing the

Push the button .

Just move the shift lever.

GUID-810F9872-3389-490A-84B4-E6197F7CED03

WARNING:

.

Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running.

Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage.

.

If the shift lever cannot be moved from the

P(Park) position while the engine is

running and the foot brake pedal is depressed, the stop lights may not work.

Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.

After starting the engine, fully depress the foot brake pedal, push the shift lever button and move the shift lever out of the “P” (Park) position.

If the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” or “ACC” position for any reason while the shift lever is in any positions other than the “P” (Park) position, the ignition switch cannot be placed in the “LOCK” position.

If the ignition switch cannot be placed in the “LOCK” position, perform the following steps:

1.

Apply the parking brake.

2.

Place the ignition switch in the “ON” position while depressing the foot brake pedal.

3.

Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.

4.

Models with Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” position.

Models without Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position.

P (Park):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use this position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine. Make sure that the vehicle is

completely stopped and move the shift lever into

the P(Park) position. Apply the parking brake.

When parking on a hill, first depress the foot brake pedal, apply the parking brake, and then move the shift lever into the “P” (Park) position.

R (Reverse):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use this position to back up. Make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the “R”

(Reverse) position.

N (Neutral):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Neither the forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The engine can be started in this position. You may shift to the “N” (Neutral) position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving.

5-14

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(145,1)

D (Drive):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

L (Low):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow, sand or mud, or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades.

SPORT mode switch

GUID-EF8D9E74-E172-43D4-A53C-44349251A3B5

JVC0027X

To select the SPORT mode, push the SPORT mode switch with the shift lever in the “D” (Drive) position.

The SPORT mode indicator light in the meter panel illuminates. To turn off the SPORT mode, push the SPORT mode switch again. The SPORT mode indicator light will turn off. When the shift lever is shifted to any position other than “D”, the SPORT mode will be automatically turned off.

“OFF” position:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

For normal driving and fuel economy, use the “OFF” position.

“ON” position:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking is necessary, or for powerful acceleration, use the “ON” position. The transmission will automatically select a different gear ratio, allowing the engine to provide high output.

When driving conditions change, push the switch to turn the SPORT mode off.

Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time with the SPORT mode in the “ON” position. This reduces fuel economy.

Accelerator downshift - in D (Drive) position -

GUID-A74353CC-3E32-4DC7-A2C9-92561288DBDD

For passing or climbing hills, depress the accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmission down into a lower gear, depending on the vehicle speed.

Shift lock release

GUID-430E2C1B-EA42-44F6-B793-1D7EF02B6302

JVC0028X

If the battery charge is low or discharged, the shift lever may not be moved from the “P” (Park) position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed.

To move the shift lever, perform the following procedure:

1.

Model with Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position.

Model without Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position, and remove the key if it is inserted.

2.

Apply the parking brake.

3.

Depress the shift lock release button.

4.

Push the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position while holding down the shift lock release.

Place the ignition switch in the “ON” position to unlock the steering wheel. The vehicle may be moved to the desired location.

Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation.

For model with Intelligent Key system: If the battery is discharged completely, the steering wheel cannot be unlocked. Do not move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked.

If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the “P” (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible.

WARNING:

If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P

(Park) position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed, the stop lights may not work. Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.

Starting and driving

5-15

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(146,1)

High fluid temperature protection mode

GUID-A85E3B39-5AD8-4A73-92F2-8C71C1164F44

This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode. If the fluid temperature becomes too high

(for example, when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads), engine power and, under some conditions, vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage. Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal, but engine and vehicle speed may be limited.

Fail-safe

GUID-432D849F-9460-4991-8CCE-2AE0948E0865

When the fail-safe operation occurs, the CVT will not be shifted to the selected driving position.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions, such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe system may be activated. This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly. In this case,

place the ignition switch in the OFFposition

and wait for 10 seconds. Then turn the ignition

switch back to the ONposition. The vehicle

should return to its normal operating condition.

If it does not return to its normal operating condition, have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair it if necessary.

WARNING:

When the fail-safe operation occurs, vehicle speed may be gradually reduced. The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If necessary, pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation, or have it repaired if necessary.

DRIVING WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION

(MT)

GUID-67D3C7C2-6A46-4EDF-A753-BE054BA1B9C9

WARNING:

.

Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads.

This may cause a loss of vehicle control.

.

Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear. This may cause a loss of vehicle control or engine damage.

CAUTION:

.

Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving. This may damage the clutch system.

.

Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage.

.

Stop the vehicle completely before shifting into the “R” (Reverse) position.

.

When the vehicle is stopped for a period of time, for example waiting at stoplights, shift to the “N” (Neutral) position and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake pedal depressed.

.

Do not shift to the "N" (Neutral) position while driving. Doing so may result in an accident due to loss of engine braking.

Starting vehicle

GUID-1C251660-F241-409A-A167-E46D77E723CF

1.

After starting the engine, depress the clutch pedal to the floor and move the shift lever to the “1” (1st) or “R” (Reverse) position.

2.

Slowly depress the accelerator pedal, releasing the clutch pedal and parking brake at the same time.

Shifting gear

GUID-67D10D68-BA10-4510-B2D8-5D81F3CB6E5D

SSD0084

To change gears, or when upshifting or downshifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift into the appropriate gear, then slowly and smoothly release the clutch pedal.

To ensure smooth gear changes, fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever. If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted, a gear noise may be heard.

Transmission damage could occur.

Start the vehicle in the “1” (1st) position and shift to the “2” (2nd), “3” (3rd), “4” (4th) and “5” (5th) gear in sequence according to the vehicle speed.

You cannot shift directly from the “5” (5th) position into the “R” (Reverse) position. First shift into the “N”

(Neutral) position, then shift into the “R” (Reverse)

5-16

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(147,1) position.

If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the “R”

(Reverse) or “1” (1st) position, shift to the “N” (Neutral) position, and then release the clutch pedal once. Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into “R” or “1”.

Suggested maximum speed in each gear

GUID-18051D2F-5AD6-4FBC-B177-3864E8100F17

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.

Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits, and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control.

HR12DE engine model:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B km/h (MPH)

1st

2nd

45 (28)

82 (51)

3rd

4th

5th

120 (75)

163 (101)

— (—)

HR15DE engine model, 185/70 R14 tire:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B km/h (MPH)

1st

2nd

46 (29)

84 (52)

3rd

4th

5th

124 (77)

167 (104)

— (—)

HR15DE engine model, 185/65 R15 tire:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B km/h (MPH)

1st

2nd

46 (29)

83 (52)

3rd

4th

5th

122 (76)

166 (103)

— (—)

HR15DE engine model, 175/70 R14 tire (except for Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore, Brunei,

Mauritius, Lebanon and Jordan):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B km/h (MPH)

1st

2nd

43 (27)

79 (49)

3rd

4th

5th

116 (72)

157 (98)

— (—)

HR15DE engine model, 175/70 R14 tire (for

Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore, Brunei and

Mauritius):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B km/h (MPH)

1st

2nd

45 (28)

82(51)

3rd

4th

5th

120 (75)

163 (101)

— (—)

HR15DE engine model, 175/70 R14 tire (for

Lebanon and Jordan):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B km/h (MPH)

1st

2nd

41 (25)

74 (46)

3rd

4th

5th

109 (68)

147 (91)

— (—)

K9K engine model, 185/70 R14 tire:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B km/h (MPH)

1st 37 (23)

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

66 (41)

103 (64)

140 (87)

— (—)

K9K engine model, 185/65 R15 tire:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B km/h (MPH)

1st

2nd

36 (22)

66 (41)

3rd

4th

5th

102 (63)

139 (86)

— (—)

Starting and driving

5-17

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(148,1)

IDLING STOP SYSTEM (if equipped for Thailand)

GUID-CD756344-414D-4B5B-AD80-2E0EA8572EFC

The Idling Stop System activates to prevent unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and noise.

.

When you stop the vehicle, the engine is turned off automatically.

.

When you start the vehicle again, the engine is turned on automatically.

CAUTION:

When the vehicle is moved (at approximately 2 km/h or more) while the engine is stopped by the system, such as on a downhill grade, the engine restarts automatically. To avoid an accident, be sure to depress the brake pedal.

NOTE:

The Idling Stop System will not activate under the following conditions:

.

when the engine is kept idling without any driving after the engine is turned on.

.

when the engine coolant temperature is low.

.

when the battery capacity is low.

.

when the battery temperature is low or extremely high.

.

when the vehicle is moved.

.

when a negative pressure booster decreases.

.

when the engine hood is opened with the engine running.

.

when the engine is turned on with the engine hood open.

.

when the steering wheel is operated.

.

when the Idling Stop System indicator blinks at a low speed.

.

when the accelerator pedal is depressed.

.

when the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) position.

.

when the Idling Stop OFF switch is turned on.

.

when the electric power steering warning light, the

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light (if equipped) illuminate.

.

when the brake pedal is not depressed.

.

when stopping the vehicle on sloping roads.

.

when the power consumption is large.

NOTE:

It may take some time until the Idling Stop

System activates under the following conditions:

.

when the battery is discharged.

.

when the outside temperature is low.

.

when the battery is replaced or the battery terminal is disconnected for extended periods and then reconnected.

NOTE:

The engine will restart without releasing the brake pedal while the Idling Stop System is activated under the following conditions:

.

when the Idling Stop OFF switch is pushed.

.

when the accelerator pedal is depressed.

.

when the steering wheel is operated.

.

when the battery capacity is low.

.

when the power consumption is large.

.

when the brake pedal is released on sloping roads and the vehicle is moved.

.

when the shift lever is placed in the “L” (Low), “D”

(Drive) or “R” (Reverse) position from the “N” or

“P” position.

.

when the negative pressure of the brake system is not sufficiently applied by depressing the brake pedal several times.

Use this system while waiting at stoplight, etc. When the vehicle is stopped for long periods of time, turn off the engine.

When the engine hood is opened with the Idling Stop

System on, the engine will be in the normal stopped state with the buzzer sounding. In this case, restart the engine with the ignition switch.

When the driver’s door is opened with the Idling Stop

System on, the Idling Stop System continues to be activated although the buzzer sounds and the Idling

Stop System indicator light blinks.

When the engine is stopped by the Idling Stop

System, heating, cooling and dehumidifying functions will be deactivated. To avoid the air conditioning functions from being deactivated, turn off the Idling

Stop mode by pressing the Idling Stop OFF switch.

OPERATING IDLING STOP SYSTEM

GUID-BB404C5E-EED1-4C5C-85E6-24D29ADBA8E6

NOTE:

.

The engine stops automatically when the brake pedal is depressed with the shift lever

in the D(Drive) position.

.

When the brake pedal is released, the engine restarts automatically.

.

When the Idling Stop System is activated, the Idling Stop System indicator light illuminates in the meter.

.

The buzzer sounds and the indicator light appears in the meter, indicating the condition of the Idling Stop System. For more

details, see Idling Stop System indicator

light (if equipped for Thailand)(P.2-15) or

Idling Stop System reminder buzzer (if

equipped for Thailand)(P.2-17).

5-18

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(149,1)

IDLING STOP OFF SWITCH

GUID-A6C76514-CF63-43EB-B8F9-0C4973E0CEF1

JVS0072X

The system can be temporarily deactivated by pressing the Idling Stop System OFF switch. Pressing the switch a second time or restarting the engine by using the ignition switch will reactivate the Idling Stop

System.

.

When the Idling Stop System is deactivated while the engine is running, the engine is prevented from automatically stopping.

.

When the Idling Stop System is deactivated after the engine has been automatically stopped by the

Idling Stop System, the engine will immediately restart if suitable conditions are present. The engine will then be prevented from automatically stopping during the same journey.

.

Whenever the Idling Stop System is deactivated the indicator light on the Idling Stop System OFF switch illuminates. In this condition the Idling Stop

System cannot prevent unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust emissions, or noise during your journey.

IDLING STOP SYSTEM (for Hong

Kong)

GUID-5967F942-3E57-41B9-8847-6B9D5265605F

The Idling Stop System activates to prevent unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and noise.

.

When you stop the vehicle, the engine is turned off automatically.

.

When you start the vehicle again, the engine is turned on automatically.

CAUTION:

When the vehicle is moved (at approximately 2 km/h or more) while the engine is stopped by the system, such as on a downhill grade, the engine restarts automatically. To avoid an accident, be sure to depress the brake pedal.

NOTE:

The Idling Stop System will not activate under the following conditions:

.

when the engine is kept idling without any driving after the engine is turned on.

.

when the engine coolant temperature is low.

.

when the battery capacity is low.

.

when the battery temperature is low or extremely high.

.

when the vehicle is moved.

.

when a negative pressure booster decreases.

.

when the engine hood is opened with the engine running.

.

when the engine is turned on with the engine hood open.

.

when the driver’s seat belt is not fastened.

.

when the driver’s door is open.

.

when the steering wheel is operated.

.

when the Idling Stop System indicator blinks at a low speed.

.

when the accelerator pedal is depressed.

.

when the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) position.

.

when the fan speed control dial is in any position other than “OFF” (0) while the air flow control dial is in the front defogger position (manual air conditioner).

.

when the front defogger switch is on (automatic air conditioner).

.

when the rear defogger switch is on.

.

when the Idling Stop OFF switch is turned on.

.

when the electric power steering warning light, the

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light or the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light

(if equipped) illuminate.

.

when the brake pedal is not fully depressed.

.

when stopping the vehicle on sloping roads.

.

when the power consumption is large.

.

when the vehicle is traveling at altitudes higher than 2,000 m (6,562 ft).

NOTE:

It may take some time until the Idling Stop

System activates under the following conditions:

.

when the battery is discharged.

.

when the outside temperature is low.

.

when the battery is replaced or the battery terminal is disconnected for extended periods and then reconnected.

NOTE:

The engine will not restart even if the brake pedal is released while the Idling Stop System is activated under the following condition:

Starting and driving

5-19

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(150,1)

.

when the shift lever is in the “P” (Parking) position.

NOTE:

The engine will restart without releasing the brake pedal while the Idling Stop System is activated under the following conditions:

.

when the Idling Stop OFF switch is pushed.

.

when the accelerator pedal is depressed.

.

when the steering wheel is operated.

.

when the battery capacity is low.

.

when the power consumption is large.

.

when the brake pedal is released on sloping roads and the vehicle is moved.

.

when the force to the brake pedal is reduced while the shift lever is in the “D” (Drive) or “N” (Neutral) position.

.

when the shift lever is placed in the “L” (Low), “D”

(Drive) or “R” (Reverse) position from the “N” or

“P” position.

.

when the negative pressure of the brake system is not sufficiently applied by depressing the brake pedal several times.

.

when the fan speed control dial is in any position other than “OFF” (0) while the air flow control dial is in the front defogger position (manual air conditioner).

.

when the front defogger switch is set to “ON”

(automatic air conditioner).

.

when the rear defogger switch is set to “ON”.

.

when the driver’s seat belt is released or the driver’s door is open.

Use this system while waiting at stoplight, etc. When the vehicle is stopped for long periods of time, turn off the engine.

When the engine hood is opened with the Idling Stop

System on, the engine will be in the normal stopped state with the buzzer sounding. In this case, restart the engine with the ignition switch.

When the engine is stopped by the Idling Stop

System, heating, cooling and dehumidifying functions will be deactivated. To avoid the air conditioning functions from being deactivated, turn off the Idling

Stop mode by pressing the Idling Stop OFF switch.

OPERATING IDLING STOP SYSTEM

GUID-F552718C-0C5E-4E0C-997F-EA7B3FBC1275

The Idling Stop System indicator light illuminates in the meter while driving if any of the Idling Stop System conditions are met.

.

When the brake pedal is depressed to stop the vehicle with the shift lever in the “D” (Drive) position, the engine will stop automatically.

.

When you release your foot from the brake pedal, the engine will start automatically.

NOTE:

The Idling Stop System indicator light and a buzzer will inform you of the Idling Stop System

status. For more details, see Idling Stop System

indicator light (for Hong Kong)(P.2-15) or

Idling Stop System reminder buzzer (for Hong

Kong)(P.2-17).

IDLING STOP OFF SWITCH

GUID-A4CC049E-4A2F-43E4-94B5-56841B4BAFE0

JVS0072X

The system can be temporarily deactivated by pressing the Idling Stop System OFF switch. Pressing the switch a second time or restarting the engine by using the ignition switch will reactivate the Idling Stop

System.

.

When the Idling Stop System is deactivated while the engine is running, the engine is prevented from automatically stopping.

.

When the Idling Stop System is deactivated after the engine has been automatically stopped by the

Idling Stop System, the engine will immediately restart if suitable conditions are present. The engine will then be prevented from automatically stopping during the same journey.

.

Whenever the Idling Stop System is deactivated the indicator light on the Idling Stop System OFF switch illuminates. In this condition the Idling Stop

System cannot prevent unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust emissions, or noise during your journey.

5-20

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(151,1)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)

SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-D4CC1EBC-4D23-4CAD-99DD-63F59331DFEF

WARNING:

.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.

.

Do not modify the vehicles suspension. If

suspension parts such as shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly.

This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance, and the VDC warning light may illuminate.

.

If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the

VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate.

.

If engine control related parts are not

NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC warning light may illuminate.

.

When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operate properly and the

VDC warning light may illuminate. Do not drive on these types of roads.

.

When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the VDC warning light may illuminate. This is not a malfunction. Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface.

.

If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate properly and the

VDC warning light may illuminate.

.

The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to perform the following functions.

.

Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle.

.

Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed

(traction control function).

.

Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions:

— understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the VDC warning light in the instrument panel flashes so note the following:

.

The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help the vehicle on the steered path.

.

You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood. This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly.

.

Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC warning light illuminates in the instrument panel. The VDC system automatically turns off.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system. The VDC off indicator light illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off. When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the system, the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel.

The VDC warning light flashes if this occurs. All other VDC functions are off and the VDC warning light will not flash. The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the

“OFF” position then back to the “ON” position.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light”

(P.2-14) and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-16)

The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed.

When the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction.

Starting and driving

5-21

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFF

SWITCH

GUID-028C22C4-9262-48D7-8D16-98DF3D36FC7C

JVS0022X

The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic

Control (VDC) system ON for most driving conditions.

When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF switch.

The indicator light will illuminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn ON the system.

PARKING

GUID-D7D8E92A-5E6C-4376-B973-94D6D21D8B48

WARNING:

.

Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.

.

Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the shift

lever placed in the P(Park) position

(Automatic Transmission/Continuously Variable Transmission model) or the shift lever placed in an appropriate gear (Manual

Transmission model). Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident.

.

When parking the vehicle, make sure the

shift lever is moved to the P(Park)

position. The shift lever cannot be moved

out of the P(Park) position without

depressing the foot brake pedal (Automatic

Transmission/Continuously Variable Transmission model).

.

Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended.

.

Never leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in the vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently become involved in a serious accident and injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal illness to people and animals.

5-22

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(152,1)

(153,1)

Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model

SSD0489

1.

Firmly apply the parking brake.

Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model

HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB

2.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model: Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.

Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. Then apply the parking brake.

Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position. When parking on an uphill grade, move the shift lever to the “1”

(1st) position.

3.

To help prevent the vehicle from moving into traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB

Turn the wheels away from the curb and allow the vehicle to move back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. Then apply the parking brake.

HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, WITHOUT

CURB

Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

SSD0488 vehicle will move away from the center of the road if the vehicle moves. Then apply the parking brake.

4.

Model with Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” position.

Model without Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position and remove the key.

NOTE:

For model with Idling Stop System:

Use the Idling Stop System when the vehicle is stopped for a period of time, for example waiting at stoplights.

Stop the engine with the ignition switch when parking, etc. for an extended period of time.

Starting and driving

5-23

(154,1)

SONAR (parking sensor) SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-6DE74363-0324-44E5-9256-A3FAD5D55ACE

WARNING:

.

The sonar (parking sensor) system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper parking. Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking.

Always move slowly.

.

Read and understand the limitations of the sonar (parking sensor) system as contained in this section. Inclement weather may affect the function of the sonar (parking sensor) system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.

.

This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects.

.

The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper, and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground.

.

If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing

5-24

Starting and driving

JVS0141X

inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms.

CAUTION:

Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the tone clearly.

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the sonar (parking sensor) system is operational.

The sonar (parking sensor) system sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the bumper. The system detects rear obstacles when the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) position. The system may not detect objects at speeds above 10 km/h (6 MPH) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects.

The sonar (parking sensor) system detects obstacles up to 1 m (3.3 ft) from the bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper,

(refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas). As you move closer to the obstacle, the rate of the tone increases. When the obstacle is less than 30 cm (11.8 in) away, the tone will sound continuously.

Keep the sonar sensors (located on the bumper fascia) free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt (do

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ] not clean the sensors with sharp objects). If the sensors are covered, it will affect the accuracy of the sonar (parking sensor) system.

If the sonar (parking sensor) system malfunctions, the beep sounds for 3 seconds when the

shift lever is moved to the R(Reverse) position.

Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

(155,1)

TRAILER TOWING

GUID-3D064F1A-CB44-4CAF-9A46-6E311458BF8F

Your vehicle was designed to be used to carry passengers and luggage. NISSAN does not recommend trailer towing, because it places additional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steering, braking, and other systems.

CAUTION:

Vehicle damage resulting from towing a trailer is not covered by the warranty.

ELECTRIC POWER STEERING

SYSTEM

GUID-8CD46BF0-EE4B-4DD1-9A98-E04E0E6DF353

WARNING:

.

If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. The steering will be harder to operate.

.

When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, the power assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate.

The electric power steering system is designed to provide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed, the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent overheating of the electric power steering system and protect it from getting damaged. While the power assist is reduced, steering wheel operation will become heavy. When the temperature of the electric power steering system goes down, the power assist level will return to normal.

Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the electric power steering system to overheat.

You may hear a fricative sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly. However, this is not a malfunction.

If the electric power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may indicate the electric power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the electric power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer

(See “Electric power steering warning light” (P.2-13).)

When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, the power assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still have control of the vehicle. However, greater steering effort is needed, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

Starting and driving

5-25

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(156,1)

BRAKE SYSTEM

GUID-F87C9514-9662-4C4E-BA5D-DFDDE6E7C253

The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still have braking ability at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

GUID-0CCD5B8E-1BA3-4C8B-81B1-799E2DC7C2DD

Vacuum assisted brakes

GUID-1CF37C98-C9BB-4B10-801F-2197E35A2F32

The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the vehicle by depressing the foot brake pedal. However, greater foot pressure on the foot brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle. The stopping distance will be longer.

If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assisted brakes will not function. Braking will be harder.

WARNING:

Do not coast with the engine stopped.

For model with Brake Assist: When the brake pedal is depressed slowly and firmly, you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation. This is normal and indicates that the Brake Assist System is operating.

Using brakes

GUID-D4734235-A7BF-41D0-A7B7-9066DF8A703A

Avoid resting your foot on the foot brake pedal while driving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out the brake linings/pads faster, and increase fuel consumption.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade.

Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control.

While driving on a slippery surface, be careful when braking, accelerating or downshifting. Abrupt braking

5-26

Starting and driving

or acceleration could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident.

Wet brakes

GUID-E6710D4E-D475-46A0-BFE4-D5262D71230C

When the vehicle is washed or driven through water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly depressing the foot brake pedal to heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal.

Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly.

Driving uphill

GUID-41A89435-7C3A-4673-BF93-08DEB701171B

When starting on a steep grade, it is sometimes difficult to operate both the brake and clutch (for

Manual Transmission model). Apply the parking brake to hold the vehicle. Do not slip the clutch. When ready to start, slowly release the parking brake while depressing the accelerator pedal and releasing the clutch pedal.

Driving downhill

GUID-CED3929D-C80C-4EB2-B681-393BE16E7452

The engine braking action is effective for controlling the vehicle while descending hills. For Manual Transmission (MT) model, the shift lever should be placed in the lower speed position prior to descending. For

Automatic Transmission (AT) model, the “1” or “2” position should be selected. For Continuously Variable

Transmission (CVT) model, the “L” position should be selected.

BRAKE ASSIST (if equipped)

GUID-A3578D49-2E73-43B8-A1E8-DF975FD691DD

When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is activated, generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force.

WARNING:

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or

avoidance device. It is the drivers responsibility

to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(157,1)

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM

(ABS) (if equipped)

GUID-30E80BF1-533A-4362-9289-313A2F7C1B0A

WARNING:

.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer on rough, gravel or snow covered roads, or if you are using tire chains. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.

Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety.

.

Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install the specified size of tires on all four wheels.

— When installing a spare tire, make sure that it is the proper size and type as

specified on the tire placard. (See Tire

placard(P.9-9).)

— For detailed information, see Tires and

wheels(P.8-31).

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By preventing each wheel from locking, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces.

USING SYSTEM

GUID-8684D14C-ECF0-4496-A135-E4A06B2BC662

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING:

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result in increased stopping distances.

SELF-TEST FEATURE

GUID-A040E3C0-15F6-4334-9CCB-2C40CB75B9C7

The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and illuminates the

ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checked by a

NISSAN dealer.

NORMAL OPERATION

GUID-7D9A14BF-E10E-404B-A6E7-2B1D2B717EAB

The ABS operates at speeds above 5 to 10 km/h (3 to

6 MPH). The speed varies according to road conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating. This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving.

Starting and driving

5-27

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(158,1)

VEHICLE SECURITY

GUID-87419456-CFD8-4F08-8955-7CB88BEF7D09

When leaving your vehicle unoccupied:

.

Always take the key with you - even when leaving the vehicle in your own garage.

.

Close all windows completely and lock all doors.

.

Always park your vehicle where it can be seen.

Park in a well lit area during the night.

.

If the security system is equipped, use it - even for a short period.

.

Never leave children or pets in the vehicle unattended.

.

Never leave valuables inside the vehicle. Always take valuables with you.

.

Never leave the vehicle documents in the vehicle.

.

Never leave articles on a roof rack. Remove them from the rack and keep and lock them in a safe place such as inside the trunk.

.

Never leave the spare key in the vehicle.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

GUID-58FF1C17-5A9C-4675-8ED1-1CED0EAD428C

WARNING:

.

Whatever the condition, drive with caution.

Accelerate and decelerate with great care. If accelerating or decelerating too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more traction.

.

Allow more stopping distance in cold weather driving. Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement.

.

Keep at a greater distance from the vehicle in front of you on slippery roads.

.

Wet ice (08C, 328F and freezing rain), very

cold snow and ice can be slick and very difficult to drive on. The vehicle will have a lot less traction or grip under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

.

Watch for slippery spots (glaring ice). These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try not to brake while actually on the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.

.

Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

.

Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas under your vehicle. Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle.

BATTERY

GUID-1CC3A814-9564-425F-9B01-061C4D1F333C

If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should be checked regularly. For details, see “Battery” (P.8-21).

ENGINE COOLANT

GUID-1C571A6D-5F8E-4A5A-B705-EC21EDC043A3

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block.

Refill before operating the vehicle. For details, see

“Changing engine coolant” (P.8-9).

TIRE EQUIPMENT

GUID-B817D58C-B774-4E2B-B601-645BBB90141A

1.

If you have snow tires installed on the front/rear wheels of your vehicle, they should be of the same size, loading range, construction and type (bias, bias-belted or radial) as the rear/front tires.

2.

If the vehicle is to be operated in severe winter conditions, snow tires should be installed on all four wheels.

3.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some countries, provinces and states prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

4.

Snow chains may be used if desired. Make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer’s instructions. (See “Tire chains”

(P.8-32).)

5-28

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(159,1)

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

GUID-EE67A016-3CB8-4F16-8EF9-CAD7F659A1B6

It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during the winter:

.

A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows.

.

A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support.

.

A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

PARKING BRAKE

GUID-B5358991-6FA5-4698-99B3-36E99605A64E

When parking in the area where the outside temperature is below 08C (328F), do not apply the parking brake to prevent it from freezing. For safe parking:

.

Place the shift lever in the “P” (Park) position

(Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model).

.

Place the shift lever in the “1” (1st) or “R”

(Reverse) position (Manual Transmission (MT) model).

.

Securely block the wheels.

CORROSION PROTECTION

GUID-4803211D-F409-42AD-B6A8-FF482E1AD4EF

Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive and will accelerate corrosion and the deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically. For additional information, see

Corrosion protection(P.7-5).

For additional protection against rust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, consult a

NISSAN dealer.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Starting and driving

5-29

MEMO

5-30

Starting and driving

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(160,1)

6 In case of emergency

Repairing flat tire (for model with emergency tire puncture

(161,1)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(162,1)

HAZARD INDICATOR FLASHER

SWITCH

GUID-32D3CED8-FBE8-494D-BBBC-C319E5A30421

SIC2475

The hazard indicator flasher switch operates with the ignition switch in any position except when the battery is discharged.

The hazard indicator flasher is used to warn other drivers when you have to stop or park under emergency conditions.

When the hazard indicator flasher switch is pushed, all turn signal lights will flash. To turn off the hazard indicator flasher, push the hazard indicator flasher switch again.

FLAT TIRE

GUID-942FB2F2-072E-4723-BF01-BA4234C73207

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions as follows.

STOPPING VEHICLE

GUID-DE5E7016-0DBA-4C5D-8058-CF0977425906

WARNING:

.

Be sure to apply the parking brake firmly.

.

Be sure to move the shift lever to the R

(Reverse) position (Manual Transmission

(MT) model).

.

Be sure to move the shift lever to the P

(Park) position (Automatic Transmission

(AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) model).

.

Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery area. This is hazardous.

.

Never change tires when the oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Call for professional road assistance.

1.

Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic.

2.

Turn on the hazard indicator flasher lights.

3.

Park on a level surface.

4.

Apply the parking brake.

5.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model: Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.

Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position.

6.

Turn off the engine.

7.

Open the hood and set up the warning triangle (if equipped):

.

To warn other traffic.

.

To signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance.

8.

Have all passengers get out from the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away from other traffic and clear of the vehicle.

PREPARING TOOLS

GUID-B3D5DDAA-467B-46AE-A1BA-E7C421E9DA02

JVE0002X

Your vehicle is equipped with either a spare tire or an emergency tire puncture repair kit. Carefully read the instructions provided in the appropriate section.

6-2

In case of emergency

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(163,1)

.

For model with spare tire: See “Changing flat tire

(for model with spare tire)” (P.6-3).

.

For model with emergency tire puncture repair kit:

See “Repairing flat tire (for model with emergency tire puncture repair kit)” (P.6-5).

CHANGING FLAT TIRE (for model with spare tire)

GUID-CF29E302-F640-4F92-B7BA-95603F20B3D6

WARNING:

Be sure to block the appropriate wheel to prevent the vehicle from moving, which may cause personal injury.

Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up.

Removing wheel cover (if equipped)

GUID-8E2242A3-CFE7-45EA-98DC-98521CDD9D48

Type A:

WARNING:

Never use your hands to remove the wheel cover. This may cause personal injury.

To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod illustrated.

as

Apply cloth between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover.

Type B:

Remove the center wheel cap as illustrated.

Jacking up vehicle

GUID-AC68A6CF-654A-423F-89DE-7E36F85013B9

SCE0913

Remove the jack, necessary tools and the spare tire from the storage area.

Blocking wheels

GUID-41B66833-9FD4-45B0-837F-399B00D0B625

Type A

SCE0630

JVE0003X

jack-up points

MCE0001A

Type B

SCE0637

In case of emergency

6-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(164,1)

SCE0914

Floor jack-up point

For the rear, never jack up the vehicle at a location other than the floor jack-up point that is specified.

WARNING:

.

Be sure to read and follow the instructions in this section.

.

DO NOT GET UNDER A VEHICLE THAT IS

SUPPORTED BY A JACK.

.

Never use a jack which was not provided with your vehicle.

.

The jack, which is provided with your vehicle, is designed only to lift your vehicle during a tire change. Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles.

.

Never jack up the vehicle at a location other than the jack-up point that is specified.

.

Never lift the vehicle more than necessary.

.

Never use blocks on or under the jack.

.

Never start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack. The vehicle may move suddenly, and this may cause an accident.

.

Never allow passengers to remain in the vehicle while the tire is off the ground.

SCE0504

.

Be sure to read the caution label attached to the jack body before using.

.

When jacking up the vehicle, be sure to apply the parking brake.

1.

Place the jack directly under the jack-up point as illustrated so that the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.

The jack should be placed on firm level ground.

2.

Align the jack head between the two notches located at the jack-up point of either the front or the rear section.

3.

Fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown.

4.

Loosen each wheel nut, counterclockwise, one or two turns with the wheel nut wrench.

Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground.

5.

Carefully raise the vehicle until the clearance between the tire and ground is achieved.

6.

To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands and turn the jack lever.

6-4

In case of emergency

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(165,1)

Removing tire

GUID-6FFE2489-C09E-413F-8479-73258FD517FD

1.

Remove the wheel nuts.

2.

Remove the damaged tire.

CAUTION:

The tire is heavy. Be sure that your feet are clear from the tire and use gloves as necessary to avoid injury.

Installing spare tire

GUID-668344AD-1C1E-4025-95D1-0996F1F16265

SCE0576

WARNING:

.

Never use wheel nuts which are not provided with your vehicle. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts may cause the wheel to become loose or come off. This could cause an accident.

.

Never use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts. This may cause the wheel nuts to become loose.

.

The temporary-use spare tire is designed for emergency use only. (for India)

1.

Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub.

2.

Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts with your fingers. Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally.

3.

Tighten the wheel nuts alternately and evenly,

more than 2 times in the sequence illustrated (

*

), with the wheel nut wrench, until they are tight.

4.

Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground.

5.

Tighten the wheel nuts securely, with the wheel nut wrench, in the sequence illustrated.

6.

Lower the vehicle completely.

Tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

108 N·m (11 kg-m, 80 ft-lb)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times. It is recommended that the wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval.

WARNING:

Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 1,000 km (600 miles). (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.)

Stowing damaged tire and tools

GUID-B2B0A35C-6454-4B5B-9314-6436213F1193

WARNING:

.

Be sure that the tire, jack and tools used are properly stored after use. Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop.

1.

Securely store the jack and tools used in the storage area.

2.

Replace the floor cover.

3.

Close the trunk lid.

REPAIRING FLAT TIRE (for model with emergency tire puncture repair kit)

GUID-508C606F-B6B7-4C7E-973F-D9A1C4BE437F

The emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire. This repair kit must be used for temporarily fixing a minor tire puncture.

After using the repair kit, see a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire inspection and repair/replacement.

CAUTION:

.

NISSAN recommends using only Genuine

NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure.

.

Do not use the emergency tire puncture repair kit provided with your vehicle on other vehicles.

.

Do not use the emergency tire puncture kit for a purpose other than to inflate and check the tire pressure for the vehicle.

.

Use the emergency tire puncture kit only on

DC12V.

In case of emergency

6-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(166,1)

.

Keep water and dust off the emergency tire puncture kit.

.

Do not disassemble or modify the emergency tire puncture kit.

.

Do not galvanize the emergency tire puncture kit.

.

Do not use the emergency tire puncture repair kit under the following conditions.

Contact a NISSAN dealer or professional road assistance.

— when the sealant has passed its expiration date (shown on the label attached to the bottle)

— when the cut or the puncture is approximately 6 mm (0.25 in) or longer

— when the side of the tire is damaged

— when the vehicle has been driven with a considerable loss of air from the tire

— when the tire is completely displaced inside or outside the rim

— when the tire rim is damaged

— when two or more tires are flat

Getting emergency tire puncture repair kit

GUID-32497E16-8625-4426-94C1-F39F2BF551A6

Before using emergency tire puncture repair kit

GUID-15A9E0CC-29F5-45A0-BAB3-D5FC6655DF3D

.

If any foreign object (for example, a screw or nail) is embedded in the tire, do not remove it.

.

Check the expiration date of the sealant (shown on the label attached to the bottle). Never use a sealant whose expiration date has passed.

Repairing tire

GUID-B1A96953-35DB-4FA0-BC8F-2135F3B09767

WARNING:

Observe the following precautions when using the emergency tire puncture kit.

.

Swallowing the compound is dangerous.

Immediately drink as much water as possible and seek prompt medical assistance.

.

Rinse well with lots of water if the compound comes into contact with skin or eyes.

If irritation persists, seek prompt medical attention.

.

Keep the repair compound out of the reach of children.

JVE0182X

Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit from the storage area under the trunk. The repair kit consists of the following items:

Air compressor*

Tire sealant bottle

Speed restriction sticker

*: The compressor shape may differ depending on the models.

JVE0014X

6-6

In case of emergency

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(167,1)

1.

Take out the speed restriction sticker from the air compressor*, then put it in a location where the driver can see it while driving.

*: The compressor shape may differ depending on the models.

CAUTION:

Do not put the speed restriction sticker on the steering wheel pad, the speedometer or the warning light locations.

2.

Take the hose and the power plug out of the air compressor. Remove the cap of the bottle holder from the air compressor.

pressor switch is in the OFF (*) position, and then insert its power plug into the power outlet in the vehicle.

SCE0868

SCE0869

3.

Remove the cap of the tire sealant bottle, and screw the bottle clockwise onto the bottle holder.

(Leave the bottle seal intact. Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holder will pierce the seal of the bottle.)

4.

Remove the cap of the tire valve on the flat tire.

SCE0870

5.

Remove the protective cap of the hose and screw the hose securely onto the tire valve. Make sure that the pressure release valve is securely tightened. Make sure that the air com-

SCE0871

6.

Push the ignition switch to the “ACC” position.

Then turn the compressor switch to the ON ( −) position and inflate the tire up to the pressure that is specified on the tire placard affixed to the driver’s side center pillar if possible, or to the minimum of 180 kPa (26 psi). Turn the air compressor off briefly in order to check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge. If the tire is inflated to higher than the specified pressure, adjust the tire pressure by releasing air with the pressure release valve. The cold tire pressures are shown on the tire placard affixed to the driver’s side center pillar.

CAUTION:

.

An incomplete connection between the hose and tire valve causes air leakage or sealant scatter.

.

Do not stand directly beside the damaged tire while it is being inflated because of the risk of the rupture. If there are any cracks or bumps, turn the compressor off immedi-

In case of emergency

6-7

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(168,1)

ately.

.

There is a possibility that the pressure reaches 600 kPa while the tire is being inflated, but it is normal condition. Usually the pressure will drop in about 30 seconds.

.

Do not operate the compressor for more than 10 minutes. If the tire pressure does not increase to 180 kPa (26 psi) within 10 minutes, the tire may be seriously damaged and the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

7.

When the tire pressure is reaching the specified pressure or is at the minimum of 180 kPa (26 psi), turn the air compressor off. Remove the power plug from the power outlet and quickly remove the hose from the tire valve. Attach the protective cap and valve cap.

CAUTION:

Leave the tire sealant bottle on the bottle holder in order to prevent sealant from spilling out.

8.

Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutes or 3 km (2 miles) at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or less.

9.

After driving, make sure that the air compressor switch is in the OFF position, then screw the hose securely onto the tire valve. Check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge. The temporary repair is completed if the tire pressure does not drop. Make sure the pressure is adjusted to the pressure that is specified on the tire placard before driving.

10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat the steps from 5.

If the pressure drops again or under 130 kPa (19

6-8

In case of emergency

psi), the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION:

Do not reuse the tire sealant bottle or the hose.

For a new tire sealant bottle and hose, see a

NISSAN dealer.

After repairing tire

GUID-A38994B2-1F1D-4A7B-99C3-76578E56BE78

See a NISSAN dealer for tire repair/replacement as soon as possible.

JUMP STARTING

GUID-B8B5660F-0F5F-43DE-B1A3-B4E89434CCE1

WARNING:

.

Incorrect jump starting can lead to a battery explosion. The battery explosion may result in severe injury or death. It may also result in damage to the vehicle. Be sure to follow the instructions in this section.

.

Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery. Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery.

.

Always wear suitable eye protection and remove rings, bracelets, and any other jewelry whenever working on or near a battery.

.

Never lean over the battery while jump starting.

.

Never allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothes or the

vehicles painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a

corrosive sulfuric acid which can cause severe burns. If the fluid comes into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with plenty of water.

.

Keep the battery out of the reach of children.

.

The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use of an incorrectly rated battery will damage your vehicle.

.

Never attempt to jump start a frozen battery.

It could explode and cause serious injury.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(169,1)

Gasoline engine model

JVE0004X

JVE0030X

Diesel engine model

1.

If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles and to bring the batteries into close proximity to each other.

,

CAUTION:

If the battery of vehicle equipped with the

Intelligent Key system is discharged, the ignition switch cannot be moved from the “LOCK” position and, if the steering lock is engaged, the steering wheel cannot be moved. Connect the jumper cables to the booster vehicle

*

before turning the ignition switch and disengaging the steering lock.

2.

Apply the parking brake.

3.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model: Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.

Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position.

4.

Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems

(headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).

5.

Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position.

6.

Remove the vent caps, if equipped, on the battery.

7.

Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce the hazard of an explosion.

8.

Connect the jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated (

*

, , , ).

CAUTION:

.

Always connect positive + to positive + and

negative 7 to body ground, NOT to the

battery’s negative 7.

.

Be sure that the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment.

.

Be sure that the jumper cable’s clamps do not contact any other metal.

9.

Start the engine of the booster vehicle it run for a few minutes.

and let

10. Depress the accelerator pedal of the booster vehicle at about 2,000 rpm.

11. Start the engine of the jumped vehicle normal manner.

in the

CAUTION:

.

Never keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start right away, place the ignition switch in the “OFF” position and wait at least 10 seconds before trying again.

.

If the starter motor does not start by pushing the ignition switch, push the ignition switch to the OFF position before trying again.

12. After the engine is started, carefully disconnect the jumper cables in the opposite sequence from that illustrated (

*

, , , ).

13. Remove and dispose of the cloth as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid.

14. Replace the vent caps, if removed.

NOTE:

.

For model with Idling Stop System, use the special battery that is enhanced in regard to the charge-discharge capacity and life performance. Avoid using a non-special battery for the Idling Stop system, as this may cause early deterioration of the battery or a malfunction of the Idling Stop system. For the battery, it is recommended to use Genuine

NISSAN parts. For more information, contact a NISSAN dealer.

.

For model with Idling Stop System, it may take some time until the Idling Stop System activates when the battery is replaced or the battery terminal is disconnected for extended periods and then reconnected.

In case of emergency

6-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(170,1)

PUSH STARTING

GUID-A115DED5-A50B-44C4-AB71-27BC09DBE76D

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing the vehicle.

CAUTION:

.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously

Variable Transmission (CVT)/Manual Transmission (MT) model cannot be started by pushing. Attempting to do so may cause damage to the transmission.

.

Three-way catalyst equipped model should not be started by pushing. Attempting to do so may cause damage to the three-way catalyst.

.

Never try to start the engine by towing.

When the engine starts, the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the towing vehicle.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

GUID-4B576F2A-B3D0-4934-B593-69B78C611711

WARNING:

.

Never continue driving if your vehicle overheats. Doing so could cause a vehicle fire.

.

Never open the hood if steam is coming out.

.

Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is hot. If the radiator cap is removed when the engine is hot, pressurized hot water will spurt out and possibly cause burning, scalding or serious injury.

.

If steam or coolant is coming from the engine, stand clear of the vehicle to prevent getting burned.

.

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or to get caught in the cooling fan or drive belts. The engine cooling fan will start at any time.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by the high temperature indicator), or if you feel a lack of engine power, detect unusual noise, etc., take the following steps:

1.

Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic.

2.

Turn on the hazard indicator flasher lights.

3.

Apply the parking brake.

4.

Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model: Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) position.

Manual Transmission (MT) model: Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position.

DO NOT STOP THE ENGINE.

5.

Open all windows.

6.

Turn off the air conditioner. Set the temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to maximum speed.

7.

Get out from the vehicle.

8.

Visually inspect and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood. Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen before proceeding.

9.

Open the engine hood.

10. Visually inspect if the cooling fan is running.

11. Visually inspect the radiator and radiator hoses for leakage.

If the cooling fan is not running or the coolant is leaking, stop the engine.

12. After the engine cools down, check the coolant level in the reservoir with the engine running. Do

not open the radiator cap (if equipped).

13. Add coolant to the reservoir if necessary.

Have your vehicle inspected/repaired at a NISSAN dealer.

6-10

In case of emergency

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(171,1)

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

GUID-8028B3F0-1C2A-46CB-BF54-DDA5DE3AD2CF

When towing your vehicle, local regulations for towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you have professional road assistance personnel tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the professional road assistant carefully read the following precautions.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS

GUID-85F0217C-D701-4C5D-A7B4-70519C933BFE

.

Be sure that the transmission, steering system and powertrain are in working condition before towing.

If any units are damaged, the vehicle must be towed using a dolly or flatbed tow truck.

.

NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN

GUID-848BC879-553C-4142-9743-5F93D6931FF3

Towing Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) model

GUID-24D82C6C-D6EA-4DBE-A633-4E99E4EE6B43

NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used under the front wheels when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flatbed tow truck as illustrated.

Front wheels on the ground:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

CAUTION:

Never tow Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model with the front wheels on the ground. Doing so will cause serious and expensive damage to the drivetrain.

Manual Transmission (MT) model:

1.

Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” position.

2.

Secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with rope or a similar device.

3.

Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position.

4.

Release the parking brake.

5.

Attach safety chains whenever towing.

JVE0005X

Rear wheels on the ground:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

Place the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.

2.

Secure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with rope or a similar device.

3.

Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position.

4.

Release the parking brake.

5.

Attach safety chains whenever towing.

All four wheels on the ground:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be placed on a flatbed tow truck as illustrated.

CAUTION:

Never tow Automatic Transmission (AT)/Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model with all four wheels on the ground. Doing so will cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission.

Manual Transmission (MT) model:

In case of emergency

6-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(172,1)

1.

Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” position.

2.

Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position.

3.

Release the parking brake.

Freeing trapped vehicle

GUID-603741EA-9A53-4769-B5D5-5A9C06C39584

WARNING:

.

Never allow anyone to stand near the towing line during the pulling operation.

.

Never spin the tires at high speed. This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Parts of the vehicle could also overheat and be damaged.

.

Except for Indonesia: Do not pull the vehicle using the rear hook. The rear hook is not designed to pull the vehicle out in the event that the vehicle becomes trapped.

In the event that your vehicle’s tires become trapped in sand, snow, or mud, and the vehicle is unable to free itself without being pulled, use the recovery hooks.

.

Use the recovery hooks only. Do not attach the pulling device to any other part of the vehicle body.

Otherwise, the vehicle body may be damaged.

.

Use the recovery hooks to free a vehicle only.

Never tow a vehicle using only the recovery hooks.

.

The recovery hooks are under tremendous stress when used to free a trapped vehicle. Always pull the pulling device straight out from the vehicle.

Never pull on the recovery hooks at an angle.

Front:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Rear (except for Indonesia):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Front

JVE0150X

SCE0833

Front

Remove the hook cover from the bumper with a suitable tool.

Securely install the recovery hook as illustrated.

(The hook is stored with the jacking tools.)

Make sure that the recovery hook is properly secured in its storage area after use.

Rear

Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle.

JVE0007X

6-12

In case of emergency

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

7 Appearance and care

(173,1)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(174,1)

CLEANING EXTERIOR

GUID-8DC9F596-195F-4BDF-BD51-E771E354FA2C

In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

Whenever possible, park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area to minimize the chances of damaging the paint surface of your vehicle.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover. Be

careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover.

WASHING

GUID-DA36BD65-9AC0-47F7-8496-3CA8A8FB8660

In the following instances, wash your vehicle as soon as possible to protect the paint surface:

.

After a rainfall, which may cause the paint surface damage from acid rain.

.

After driving on coastal roads, which may cause rusting from the sea breeze.

.

When contaminants such as soot, bird droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface.

.

When dust or mud builds up on the paint surface.

1.

Wash the vehicle surface with a wet sponge and plenty of water.

2.

Clean the vehicle surface gently and thoroughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or a general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION:

.

Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap, strong chemical detergents, gasoline or solvents.

.

Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot, as the paint surface may become water-spotted.

7-2

Appearance and care

.

Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such as washing mitts. Care must be taken when removing caked-on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged.

3.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water.

4.

Use a dampened chamois to dry the paint surface and avoid leaving water spots.

When washing the vehicle, take care of the following:

.

Inside flanges, joints and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be cleaned regularly.

.

Be sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the doors are not clogged.

.

Spray water to the underbody and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and/or wash away road salt.

REMOVING SPOTS

GUID-6F9CC24A-719B-4612-9E5E-1E72F9237772

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining. Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store.

WAXING

GUID-08936D62-35DD-47F4-8D54-F681CB8B02DB

Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps maintain a new vehicle appearance.

After waxing, polishing is recommended to remove built-up residue and to avoid a weathered appearance.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the appropriate waxing products.

CAUTION:

.

Wash your vehicle thoroughly and completely before applying wax to the paint surface.

.

Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions supplied with the wax.

.

Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

GLASS

GUID-1C12768E-72CA-47FD-94DE-18F4EA8CD329

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(175,1)

UNDERBODY

GUID-1F4B2CCA-0925-4D5F-B96D-C6EB7CA57E08

In areas where road salt is used in the winter, it is necessary to clean the vehicle’s underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension.

Before the winter and again in the spring, the underseal must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

WHEELS

GUID-15394D3E-ACE8-42A5-AA0D-B7814B947611

.

Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance.

.

Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed.

.

Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels.

.

Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion.

This may cause loss of pressure or damage the tire bead.

.

NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

GUID-D0221CFC-CCBC-4249-84B8-F02087A5AA5D

Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild solution, especially during winter in areas where road salt is used.

The salt residue from road salt could discolor the wheels if it is not washed off regularly.

CAUTION:

Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels:

.

Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels.

.

Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot. The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature.

.

Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTS

GUID-0C7A78D3-EBE4-41FE-9B83-A5824CC14A47

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

CLEANING INTERIOR

GUID-F2FE1898-4AF6-4BCA-8E4C-F4CF1474E0A4

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry, soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read the manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a soft cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens covers.

CAUTION:

.

Never use benzine, thinner or any similar material.

.

Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may damage the leather natural finish.

.

Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer.

.

Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens covers.

Appearance and care

7-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(176,1)

AIR FRESHENERS

GUID-CD0742CB-FDE5-4AB6-8374-73732285464D

Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, take the following precautions:

.

Hanging-type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface.

.

Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the vents. These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATS

GUID-86FBD144-59B2-4EC1-92EF-D1A294940CEC

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats (if equipped) can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior. Regardless of what mats are used, be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the foot well to prevent interference with pedal operation. Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s side)

GUID-400DA2F5-03B5-4188-8174-D52BE40CB771

SAI0034

This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model.

The driver’s floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it.

Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the foot area.

Periodically check that the mats are properly positioned.

GLASS

GUID-DB07944A-E17C-4A31-AB4B-F2ADFC4EB791

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION:

When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could damage the electrical conductors, such as rear window defogger elements.

SEAT BELTS

GUID-21B57068-4377-4B3B-8083-C967CCEB9C0E

WARNING:

.

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor.

.

Never use bleach, dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts, since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing.

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution.

Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).)

7-4

Appearance and care

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(177,1)

CORROSION PROTECTION

GUID-E92E77C9-08F4-418C-9E70-ADE0104EC4A4

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUT-

ING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

GUID-BCE1EFC6-8E52-411A-8A65-BF8F2FA65E11

.

The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas.

.

Damage to the paint surface and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE

RATE OF CORROSION

GUID-D06CF72F-1731-48C7-BC55-3FAB2B3F4CCE

Moisture

GUID-31C0265D-6FD3-43EE-ACEF-91E5E3F622F1

The accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the inside floor of the vehicle can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor carpet/floor mats will not dry completely inside the vehicle. They should be removed and completely dried to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidity

GUID-D0E49DE4-517D-4D9D-9B7C-4D660DB911BF

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity.

Temperature

GUID-4992A777-1EC3-43E6-82A9-F3EC2C074A7A

High temperatures accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated.

Corrosion will also be accelerated in areas where the temperatures stay above freezing.

Air pollution

GUID-A0EE1757-B200-49E6-97DA-77F0EDD84EF2

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use accelerates the corrosion process. Road salt also accelerates the disintegration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM

CORROSION

GUID-3D80D97E-D30A-4337-97C0-DC1E6D97C4E1

.

Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean.

.

Always check for minor damage to the paint surface and if any exists, repair it as soon as possible.

.

Keep the drain holes in the lower edge of the doors open to avoid water accumulation.

.

Check the vehicle underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible.

CAUTION:

.

Never remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom.

.

Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, consult a

NISSAN dealer.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Appearance and care

7-5

MEMO

7-6

Appearance and care

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(178,1)

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

(179,1)

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(180,1)

(181,1)

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

GUID-95AA0E30-2B0E-42F2-AAD2-29134C3E0B81

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your vehicle’s good mechanical condition, as well as its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance, as well as general maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

GUID-CE5AF5FB-6DD2-457C-8228-654737EB3356

For your convenience, the required scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in a separate

Warranty Information and Maintenance booklet. You must refer to that booklet to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your vehicle at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

GUID-0A8C8821-F81C-4670-9BD0-A3F65DA87266

General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle. They are essential if your vehicle is to continue to operate properly. It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and a few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician, or if you prefer, your NISSAN dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE

GUID-3E63375F-6450-4183-B765-CDB8D4FD34DF

If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction, have the systems checked and tuned by an authorized NISSAN dealer.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

GUID-DB4A20F4-8565-469E-BB2A-2FA209E16ABF

During normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smells, be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenance work, closely observe “Maintenance precautions” (P.8-5).

EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTE-

NANCE ITEMS

GUID-BD6DE34E-C4B5-4781-97E8-C2510C8C914E

Additional information on the following items

with *is found later in this section.

Outside vehicle

GUID-05A42C89-023E-47B8-8037-93A64DFFB9FE

The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.

Doors and hood:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check that all doors and the hood operate smoothly as well as the back door, trunk lid and hatch. Also make sure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate if necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released. When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Lights*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check the aim of the headlights.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-3

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(182,1)

Tires*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips. Adjust the pressure in all tires, including the spare, to the pressure specified.

Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tire rotation*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

In the case that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) and front and rear tires are same size; Tires should be rotated every

10,000 km (6,000 miles). Tires marked with directional indicators can only be rotated between front and rear.

Make sure that the directional indicators point in the direction of wheel rotation after the tire rotation is completed.

In the case that Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) and front and rear tires are same size; Tires should be rotated every 5,000 km (3,000 miles). Tires marked with directional indicators can only be rotated between front and rear. Make sure that the directional indicators point in the direction of wheel rotation after the tire rotation is completed.

In the case that front tires are different size from rear tires; Tires cannot be rotated.

However, the timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving habits and the road surface conditions.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) transmitter components (if equipped):

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel alignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be

8-4

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

needed.

Windshield:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage. Repair as necessary.

Wiper blades*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check for cracks or wear if not functioning correctly.

Inside vehicle

GUID-747021A6-C69F-4679-9DED-C10F1E4D183C

The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when performing periodic maintenance, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure that the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort.

Keep the floor mats away from the pedal.

Brake pedal*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure that it is the proper distance from the floor mat when depressed fully. Check the brake booster function. Be sure to keep the floor mats away from the pedal.

Parking brake*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check the parking brake operation regularly. Check that the lever (if equipped) or the pedal (if equipped) has the proper travel. Also make sure that the vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill when only the parking brake is applied.

Seat belts:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check for changes in the steering condition, such as excessive play, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly.

Windshield defogger:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check that the air comes out of the defogger outlets properly and in good quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak.

Under hood and vehicle

GUID-F59F7197-A6D8-4DD2-ADBE-CB71B0FC849B

The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically (for example, each time you check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Except for maintenance free battery, check the fluid level in each cell. It should be between the “UPPER” and “LOWER” lines. Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level.

Brake (and clutch) fluid level(s)*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

For Manual Transmission (MT) model; make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the

“MAX” and “MIN” lines on the reservoirs.

Except for Manual Transmission (MT) model; make sure that the brake fluid level is between the “MAX” and “MIN” lines on the reservoir.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(183,1)

Coolant level*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check the coolant level when the coolant is cold. Make sure that the coolant level is between the “MAX” and

“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

Engine drive belt(s)*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Make sure that drive belt(s) is/are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check the level after parking the vehicle (on a level ground) and turning off the engine.

Fluid leaks:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while.

Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal. If you should notice any leaks or if fuel fumes are evident, check for cause and have it corrected immediately.

Window washer fluid*:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

GUID-8E8C7D33-D680-4F7E-ABBF-A3297EC3F706

When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle.

The following are general precautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING:

.

Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. Move

the shift lever to the P(Park) position

(Automatic Transmission model/Continuously Variable Transmission model) or the

N(Neutral) position (Manual Transmission

model).

.

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor

LOCKposition when performing any parts

replacement or repairs.

.

Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot. Always turn off the engine and wait until it cools down.

.

If you must work with the engine running, keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans, belts and any other moving parts.

.

It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and any jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. before working on your vehicle.

.

If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage, be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape.

.

Never get under the vehicle while it is supported by a jack.

.

Keep smoking materials, flame and sparks away from fuel and the battery.

.

Never connect or disconnect either the battery or any transistorized component connector while the ignition switch is in the

ONposition.

.

On gasoline engine models with the Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) system, the fuel filter and fuel lines should be serviced by a

NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is turned off.

.

Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan. It may come on at any time without warning, even if the ignition

switch is in the OFFposition and the

engine is not running. To avoid injury, always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan.

.

Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle.

.

Never leave the engine or the transmission related component harness connector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the

ONposition.

.

Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant. Improperly disposed engine oil, engine coolant, and/or other vehicle fluids can hurt the environment. Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluids.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section provides instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions, and could affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing, have it

done by a NISSAN dealer.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK

LOCATIONS

GUID-B8F53376-1A49-4E45-B4B3-82E1CE6D05E5

HR15DE ENGINE MODEL

GUID-EF0C7758-B816-4C0C-8FF9-7322840D4A0F

1.

Engine drive belts

2.

Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir

— Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model

3.

Engine oil filler cap

4.

Air cleaner

5.

Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir

— Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model

8-6

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

6.

Fuse/fusible link box

7.

Window washer fluid reservoir

8.

Engine oil dipstick

9.

Radiator cap

10.

Battery

11.

Engine coolant reservoir

*: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model

JVC0118X

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(184,1)

(185,1)

HR12DE ENGINE MODEL

GUID-59856FC7-8D2B-4E75-8513-9344338D38DE

1.

Engine drive belts

2.

Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir

3.

Engine oil filler cap

4.

Air cleaner

5.

Fuse/fusible link box

6.

Window washer fluid reservoir

7.

Engine oil dipstick

8.

Radiator cap

Condition: 'Except for China'/

9.

Battery

10.

Engine coolant reservoir

*: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model

JVC0240X

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-7

(186,1)

K9K ENGINE MODEL

GUID-2C738805-06BC-44FE-9B4C-0CBFB97CC51C

1.

Brake and clutch fluid reservoir

2.

Air cleaner

3.

Fuse/fusible link box

4.

Priming pump

5.

Window washer fluid reservoir

6.

Engine drive belts

7.

Engine oil filler cap

8.

Engine oil dipstick

8-8

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

9.

Engine coolant reservoir

10.

Battery

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

SDI2711

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

GUID-F658C1E8-2DC3-4431-97E9-F5C1EF86D06F

WARNING:

.

Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. Wait until the engine and radiator cool down.

.

Engine coolant is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.

The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze coolant solution.

The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors, therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary.

CAUTION:

.

Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling system and cause damage to the engine, transmission and/or cooling system.

.

When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality with the proper mixture ratio. Examples of the mixture ratio of coolant and water are shown in the following table:

(187,1)

Outside temperature down to

Composition

8C

−15

−35

8F

5

−30

Engine coolant

(concentrated)

30%

50%

Demineralized or distilled water

70%

50%

The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage the engine cooling system.

For HR12DE or HR15DE engine model: The radiator is equipped with a pressure cap. To prevent engine damage, use only a Genuine NISSAN radiator cap or its equivalent when replacement is required.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

GUID-F8C49DE6-119A-4A1D-86FF-803E63E7E989

HR12DE and HR15DE engine model

GUID-C1ECD3B3-D0C8-40A2-816E-74D490AD4C2D reservoir up to the MAX level .

If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.

K9K engine model

GUID-2395F3A5-115A-4C54-8541-7E23D923B4CB

SDI2571

Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below the MIN level , add coolant up to the MAX level . If the reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the

SDI2712

Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below the MIN level , add coolant up to the MAX level .

If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

GUID-E7EB5328-DDC8-4F87-A59E-68ADD38FDE7F

Contact a NISSAN dealer if replacement is required.

Major engine cooling system repair should be performed by a NISSAN dealer. The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service

Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating.

WARNING:

.

To avoid being scalded, never change the coolant when the engine is hot.

.

Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.

.

Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant.

If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.

.

Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(188,1)

ENGINE OIL

GUID-FA4BC3FB-1D89-4597-BEDF-E448850975D0

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

GUID-F18C00EA-0976-4457-8992-38C8B49F18EC

HR12DE and HR15DE engine model

SDI2572

SDI2713

K9K engine model

1.

Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.

2.

Start the engine and warm it up until the engine temperature reaches the normal operating temperature (approximately 5 minutes).

3.

Stop the engine.

4.

Wait at least 10 minutes for the engine oil to drain back to the oil pan.

5.

Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.

6.

Reinsert the dipstick all the way.

7.

Remove the dipstick and check the oil level. It should be within the range .

8.

If the oil level is below , remove the oil filler cap and pour the recommended oil into the opening.

Do not overfill .

When filling the engine oil, do not remove the dipstick.

9.

Recheck the oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity of operating conditions.

CAUTION:

The oil level should be checked regularly.

Operating your vehicle with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER

GUID-F676738F-78D0-44E0-812A-370BFC28A398

WARNING:

.

Used oil must be disposed of properly. Never pour or dump oil into the ground, canals, rivers, etc. It should be disposed of at proper waste facilities. NISSAN recommends having your oil changed by a NISSAN dealer.

.

Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil may be hot.

.

Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer.

.

Avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If contacted, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner and plenty of water as soon as possible.

.

Store used engine oil in marked containers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION:

Waste oil must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.

8-10

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(189,1)

Engine oil replacement (gasoline engine model)

GUID-836BA4DA-5A7A-47C3-BF19-F79E582FC911

HR12DE engine model

SDI2578

JVM0001X

*

*

HR15DE engine model

Oil filler cap

Oil drain plug

Oil filter

1.

Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.

2.

Start the engine and warm it up until the engine temperature reaches the normal operating temperature (approximately 5 minutes).

3.

Stop the engine.

4.

Wait at least 10 minutes for the engine oil to drain back to the oil pan.

5.

Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.

6.

Remove the drain plug with a wrench.

7.

Remove the oil filler cap and completely drain the oil.

If the oil filter is to be changed, remove and replace it at this time. (See “Engine oil filter replacement (gasoline engine model)” (P.8-12).)

8.

Clean and reinstall the drain plug and new washer.

Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench. Do not use excessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:

29 to 39 N·m

(3.0 to 4.0 kg-m, 21 to 29 ft-lb)

9.

Refill the recommended engine oil and quantity.

(See “Recommended fuel/lubricants and capacities” (P.9-2).)

When filling the engine oil, do not remove the dipstick.

10. Securely install the oil filler cap.

11. Start the engine.

12. Check the drain plug for any sign of leakage.

13. Check the engine oil level according to the proper procedure. (See “Checking engine oil level” (P.8-

10).)

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-11

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(190,1)

Engine oil filter replacement (gasoline engine model)

GUID-0C934F20-BEF1-47BC-A126-84429F79D41E

HR12DE engine model

SDI2578

JVM0001X

*

*

HR15DE engine model

Oil filler cap

Oil drain plug

Oil filter

1.

Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.

2.

Turn the engine off.

3.

Drain the engine oil according to the proper procedure. (See “Engine oil replacement (gasoline engine model)” (P.8-11).)

4.

Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.

Depending on the engine model, a special cap type wrench may be required. See a NISSAN dealer for more information.

5.

Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

6.

Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean cloth.

Be sure to remove any old gasket remaining on the mounting surface.

7.

Apply the new engine oil to the gasket of the new oil filter.

8.

Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt, and then tighten an additional 2/3 of turn to secure the oil filter.

Oil filter tightening torque:

15 to 20 N·m (11 to 15 ft-lb)

9.

Refill the engine oil. (See “Engine oil replacement

(gasoline engine model)” (P.8-11).)

10. Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter. Correct as required.

11. Turn the engine off and wait several minutes.

12. Check the engine oil level according to the proper procedure. (See “Checking engine oil level” (P.8-

10).)

8-12

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(191,1)

Engine oil and filter replacement (K9K engine model)

GUID-60214C5C-29FB-4E04-9955-A506AA521A8A

SDI2472

*

*

Oil drain plug

Oil filter

1.

Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.

2.

Remove the drain plug with a wrench.

3.

Remove the oil filler cap and completely drain the oil.

If the oil filter is to be changed, remove and replace it at this time.

CAUTION:

Waste oil must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.

4.

Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.

5.

Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

6.

Wipe the entire oil filter mounting surface with a clean cloth.

Be sure to remove any old gasket remaining on the mounting surface.

7.

Apply new engine oil to the gasket on the new oil filter.

8.

Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt, and then tighten an additional 3/4 of a turn to secure the filter.

Oil filter tightening torque:

16 to 20 N·m (1.6 to 2.0 kg-m, 12 to 15 ft-lb)

9.

Clean and reinstall the drain plug and new washer.

Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench. Do not use excessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:

16 to 24 N·m (1.6 to 2.4 kg-m, 12 to 18 ft-lb)

10. Refill the recommended engine oil and quantity.

(See “Recommended fuel/lubricants and capacities” (P.9-2).)

11. Securely install the oil filler cap.

12. Start the engine.

13. Check the drain plug and the oil filter for any sign of leakage.

14. Dispose of the used oil in the proper manner.

Check your local regulations.

15. Check the engine oil level according to the proper procedure. (See “Checking engine oil level” (P.8-

10).)

PROTECT ENVIRONMENT

GUID-E61F90FA-EAEF-4870-9F1A-4748039A281F

It is illegal to pollute drains, watercourses and soil. Use authorized waste collection facilities, including civil amenity sites and garages providing facilities for disposal of used oil and used oil filters. If in doubt, contact your local authority for advice on disposal.

The regulations concerning the pollution of the environment will vary from country to country.

FUEL FILTER (diesel engine model)

GUID-CBF85BE5-DE66-4B5C-9E4E-ADA0E6F5535D

DRAINING WATER

GUID-3E08D917-6BC6-4557-BBA3-86158302258E

Drain water in the fuel filter according to the maintenance log shown in a separate maintenance booklet.

If the water-in-fuel-filter warning light illuminates while the engine is running, there might be water in the fuel filter.

The fuel filter can be accessed after removing the fuse box and the battery from the vehicle. Therefore,

NISSAN recommends that you contact a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

BLEEDING FUEL SYSTEM

GUID-CE68D4B4-4E8A-4A4C-879D-D3134D2FE6AD

SDI2714

Bleed air out of the fuel system after refilling an empty fuel tank by the following action:

1.

Squeeze the priming pump located in the engine compartment several times until there is a sudden resistance felt in the pressure, then stop.

2.

Crank the engine until it starts. Do not crank the engine for more than 30 seconds.

3.

If the engine does not start, stop cranking and repeat step 1 above.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-13

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(192,1)

4.

If the engine does not operate smoothly after it has started, race it two or three times.

DRIVE BELTS

GUID-B4EFFDAE-6C58-47F0-A6C6-C9F1CA299FD4

HR12DE AND HR15DE ENGINE MODEL

GUID-BD5B969E-7D27-4A47-B205-859B9CEE465C

1.

Crankshaft pulley

2.

Drive belt auto-tensioner

3.

Alternator

4.

Air conditioner compressor

Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” position.

Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Check regularly for condition and tension. If the belt is in poor condition or loose, have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

SDI2573

1.

Water pump

2.

Alternator

3.

Crankshaft pulley

4.

Air conditioner compressor

!: Tension checking point

Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” position.

Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Check regularly for condition and tension. If the belt is in poor condition or loose, have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

K9K ENGINE MODEL

GUID-F5D2881C-13DA-4EB7-B4C0-08731BFC701D

8-14

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

SDI2484

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(193,1)

SPARK PLUGS (gasoline engine model)

GUID-FD3705E1-F18E-4DA2-BA68-E6687EA3E629

WARNING:

Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is applied.

Replace the spark plugs according to the maintenance log shown in a separate maintenance booklet.

If replacement is required, contact a NISSAN dealer.

SDI1895

IRIDIUM-TIPPED SPARK PLUGS (if equipped)

GUID-2A3DE3CA-83EA-4EC3-8039-90F027C23863

It is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped

* spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type of spark plugs. These spark plugs are designed to last much longer than the conventional type of spark plug.

CAUTION:

.

Do not reuse the iridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re-gapping.

.

Always replace with the recommended iridium-tipped spark plugs.

PLATINUM-TIPPED SPARK PLUGS (if equipped)

GUID-B8C8725B-9743-4BD5-8536-CB541F43D80F

It is not necessary to replace the platinum-tipped

* spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type of spark plugs. These spark plugs are designed to last much longer than the conventional type of spark plugs.

CAUTION:

.

Do not reuse the platinum-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re-gapping.

.

Always replace with the recommended platinum-tipped spark plugs.

BRAKES

GUID-8EB82ECA-95A7-4860-A7B2-91072E92C7FB

CHECKING PARKING BRAKE

GUID-B3CC1234-BD79-484D-8569-F98C99F4509D

SDI1447A

From the released position, pull the parking brake lever up slowly and firmly. If the number of clicks is out of the range listed, see a NISSAN dealer.

For Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore, Australia and Hong Kong:

11 to 12 clicks

Pulling force 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb)

Except for Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore, Australia and Hong Kong:

8 to 9 clicks

Pulling force 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb)

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-15

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(194,1)

CHECKING FOOT BRAKE PEDAL

GUID-A79F4863-6A82-4E1C-9F83-6593462D69A4

DI1020MR

WARNING:

See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the foot brake pedal height does not return to normal.

With the engine running, check the distance between the upper surface of the pedal and the metal floor. If it is out the range listed, see a NISSAN dealer.

: Depressing force

490 N (50 kg, 110 lb)

80 mm (3.15 in) or more

Self-adjusting brakes

GUID-0E95CD39-EB93-404F-AED1-357297016E4B

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes.

The brakes are adjusted by the foot brake pedal operation.

Brake pad wear indicator

GUID-4BFEFDE9-5B31-4404-A9BB-8C45AFCB43FB

The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is in motion. The noise will be heard whether or not the foot brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, occasional brake squeaks, squeals or other noises may be heard.

Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed.

For additional information, see a separate maintenance booklet.

BRAKE BOOSTER

GUID-593F10C1-A010-4EC4-9B3F-4077D155EC79

Check the brake booster function as follows:

1.

With the engine off, depress and release the foot brake pedal several times. When the foot brake pedal movement (distance of travel) remains the same from one pedal application to the next, continue on to the next step.

2.

While depressing the foot brake pedal, start the engine. The pedal height should drop a little.

3.

With the foot brake pedal depressed, stop the engine. Keep the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds. The pedal height should not change.

4.

Run the engine for 1 minute without depressing the foot brake pedal, then turn it off. Depress the foot brake pedal several times. The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depression as the vacuum is released from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

8-16

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(195,1)

BRAKE FLUID

GUID-08BA7AEC-14E9-429C-8825-21113111241B

WARNING:

.

Use only new fluid from a sealed container.

Old, inferior, or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system. The use of improper fluids can damage the brake

system and affect the vehicles stopping

ability.

.

Clean the filler cap before removing.

.

Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION:

Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, wash it off with plenty of water immediately.

system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer.

CLUTCH FLUID (if equipped)

GUID-3AED65F7-A24A-46C1-8C7A-A6DB62676565

WARNING:

.

Use only new fluid from a sealed container.

Old, inferior, or contaminated fluid may damage the clutch system.

.

Clean the filler cap before removing.

.

Clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION:

Do not spill the clutch fluid on painted surfaces.

This will damage the paint. If clutch fluid is spilled, wash it off with plenty of water immediately.

JVM0050X

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the brake fluid is below the MIN line, the brake warning light will illuminate. Add brake fluid up to the MAX line. (See

“Recommended fuel/lubricants and capacities” (P.9-2) for recommended types of brake fluid.)

If the brake fluid must be added frequently, the brake

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

JVM0050X

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is below the MIN line, add fluid up to the MAX line. (See

“Recommended fuel/lubricants and capacities” (P.9-2) for the recommended types of fluid.)

If the fluid must be added frequently, the clutch system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-17

(196,1)

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID

(ATF) (if equipped)

GUID-AEC1BF31-954D-4BA4-A9ED-6EF2ABD59A8A

Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replacement is required.

CAUTION:

.

Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Do not mix with other fluids.

.

Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and transmission durability, and may damage the transmission, which is not covered by the warranty.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE

TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID (if equipped)

GUID-F4435ED2-1F0C-4B8F-A905-071A99324D3A

Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replacement is required.

CAUTION:

.

Use only the specified transmission fluid. Do not mix with other fluids. (See “Recommended fuel/lubricants and capacities”

(P.9-2).)

.

Using transmission fluid other than the specified ones will cause deterioration in driveability and transmission durability, and may damage the transmission, which is not covered by the warranty.

AIR CLEANER FILTER

GUID-BDC67E38-0D28-47B5-84B0-DF500B16B723

WARNING:

Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner filter not only cleans the intake air, it also stops flame if the engine backfires. If the air cleaner filter is not installed and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Never drive with the air cleaner filter off. Be cautious working on the engine when the air cleaner filter is off.

HR12DE AND HR15DE ENGINE MODEL

GUID-EEE51A8F-10E9-4FB7-92F1-5E47C74618A9

8-18

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

JVM0052X

To remove the filter, release the lock pins and pull the unit upward.

The viscous paper type filter element should not be cleaned and reused.

The dry paper type filter element may be cleaned and reused.

Replace the air cleaner filter according to the maintenance log shown in a separate maintenance booklet.

(197,1)

K9K ENGINE MODEL

GUID-319324E1-E6A4-4FCD-9709-77E9C6907DA9

Contact a NISSAN dealer if maintenance or replacement is required.

Replace the air cleaner filter according to the maintenance log shown in a separate maintenance booklet.

WIPER BLADES

GUID-42E74EAA-887B-4017-9BAA-F0811F2944D2

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

GUID-3B9A9372-F0BC-43C2-9B08-D93C0FD0B320

Cleaning

GUID-47122101-9FA4-478A-BCC8-89CB6BAB7F3C

If the windshield does not become clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blades chatter when operating the windshield wipers, wax or other materials may be on the windshield and/or wiper blades.

Clean the outside of the windshield surface with a washer solution or mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Rinse the blade with water. If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wipers, replace the blades.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

JVM0037X

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle . This may cause improper windshield washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any objects with a needle or small pin . Be careful not to damage the nozzle.

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-19

(198,1)

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

GUID-CA82CB44-F722-4620-B5CC-163B7294016F

Replacing

GUID-836CAB96-5F90-4106-96F1-6640B37189C3

1.

Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2.

Push and hold the release tab

*

, and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove

.

3.

Remove the wiper blade.

4.

Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place.

CAUTION:

.

After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original position. Otherwise the wiper arm or the engine hood may be scratched and may cause damage.

.

Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision.

8-20

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

SDI1803

JVM0021X

WARNING:

Anti-freeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.

Check the fluid level in the window washer reservoir. If the fluid level is low, add window washer fluid.

Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning.

In the winter season, add a windshield washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the mixture ratio.

(199,1)

BATTERY

GUID-06B3EA2F-82D1-4678-9BC6-FFCC5BC93893

VEHICLE BATTERY

GUID-CA87E284-774B-4E53-9289-40D2A58BDFC6

SDI1573

WARNING:

Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low. Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat, reduce battery life, and in some cases lead to an explosion.

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-21

(200,1)

Checking battery fluid level

GUID-47FFFBAB-1BC0-4DE1-9178-F4C1DD6AE5B8

DI0137MA

SDI1480

Check the fluid level in each cell. The battery fluid level should be between the UPPER LEVEL

LOWER LEVEL lines.

and

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only demineralized/ distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening. Do not overfill.

1.

Remove the cell plugs , if equipped.

2.

Add demineralized/distilled water up to the

UPPER LEVEL line.

3.

Replace and tighten the cell plugs.

.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level.

.

Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water.

.

Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened.

.

If the vehicle is not to be used for more than 30 days, disconnect the negative (

−) battery terminal cable to prevent battery discharge.

For model with Idling Stop System, see “Jump starting”

(P.6-8)

Jump starting

GUID-E4F41EE9-38D0-4544-9847-FEF589C32D36

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting” (P.6-

8). If the engine does not start by jump starting or the battery does not charge, the battery may have to be replaced. Contact a NISSAN dealer for replacing the battery.

REMOTE CONTROLLER BATTERY

GUID-FD00175F-9A8E-4B27-954F-B82B6756DE8E

Battery replacement

GUID-1C9303CF-890C-4854-81E2-1BD5869A89DA

CAUTION:

.

Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts.

.

An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.

.

When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components.

.

There is danger of explosion if lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.

SDI2134A

To replace the battery:

1.

Remove the screw .

2.

Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect the casing.

3.

Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR1620 or equivalent

.

Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction.

8-22

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(201,1)

.

Make sure that the + side faces the bottom of the case .

4.

Close the lid and install the screw securely.

5.

Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY

GUID-54391E5B-56A2-4553-A297-5C68724A1416

Battery replacement

GUID-0BBD5A11-27BD-4EA7-9405-79045676C1F0

CAUTION:

.

Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts.

.

An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.

.

When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components.

.

There is danger of explosion if lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.

SDI2451

To replace the battery:

1.

Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent

Key and remove the mechanical key.

2.

Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect the casing.

3.

Replace the battery with a new one.

.

Recommended battery: CR2025 or equivalent

.

Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction.

.

Make sure that the + side faces the bottom of the case.

SDI2452

4.

Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely closed

*

.

,

5.

Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-23

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL

SYSTEM (if equipped)

GUID-4652BFC0-1F3F-4937-9EAD-EAF2B6B66E96

CAUTION:

.

Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal. Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely.

.

Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system. This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the alternator.

FUSES

GUID-D462645A-942E-42B3-B9BA-F3D5DF9A909B

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

GUID-52370792-8D7A-41B4-B228-C58E2B1E2263

JVM0020X

For checking and/or replacing, see a NISSAN dealer.

Fusible links

GUID-0924A068-719F-4741-AE33-F91D4868E5DE

If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links. If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.

(202,1)

8-24

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(203,1)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

GUID-88B7F7E4-3C04-4D94-8D50-129C979801EF

For all models

SDI2576

SDI1754

6.

If the fuse is open

*

.

, replace it with a new fuse

If the new fuse also opens, after installing, have the electrical system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer.

Extended storage fuse switch (if equipped)

GUID-DF44F12D-46C6-498B-B663-8F02DA49C014

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse.

JVC0023X

CAUTION:

For Idling Stop System (if equipped)

1.

Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” position.

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover.

This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire.

2.

Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF”

3.

position.

Remove the fuse box cover tool.

with a suitable

4.

Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced.

5.

Remove the fuse using the fuse puller .

SDI2705

If any electrical equipment does not operate, remove the extended storage fuse switch and check for an open fuse.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-25

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(204,1)

NOTE:

If the extended storage fuse switch malfunctions, or if the fuse is open, it is not necessary to replace the switch. In this case, remove the extended storage fuse switch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rating.

How to remove the extended storage fuse switch:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

1.

To remove the extended storage fuse switch, be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position.

2.

Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF” position.

3.

Remove the fuse box cover.

4.

Pinch the storage fuse switch and pull it in the direction illustrated.

LIGHTS

GUID-7D2EF989-6D67-4FE6-94BF-AC7791FF0D89

HEADLIGHTS

GUID-DDC173EA-AEF2-48B3-A529-4F7CD353C1D2

Replacing halogen headlight bulb

GUID-42735008-E71E-4523-B54C-470F66B0B402

The halogen headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which uses replaceable headlight (halogen) bulbs.

They can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight assembly.

CAUTION:

.

High-pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the bulb. The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped.

1.

Disconnect the battery negative cable.

2.

Disconnect the electrical connector rear end of the bulb.

3.

Pull off the rubber cap .

from the

4.

Push and turn the retaining pin to loosen it.

5.

Remove the headlight bulb. Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it.

6.

Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION:

.

When handling the bulb, do not touch the glass envelope.

.

Use the same number and wattage as originally installed:

High beam bulb: 60W (H4)

Low beam bulb: 55W (H4)

.

Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time as dust, moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the performance of the headlight.

Aiming adjustment is not necessary if only the bulbs are replaced. When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, contact a

NISSAN dealer.

JVM0354X

8-26

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(205,1)

EXTERIOR LIGHTS

GUID-6790B098-A6BD-424A-A0B9-8322BD741B1D

Wattage (W)

Item

Front turn signal light

Front clearance light

21

5

Front fog light (if equipped)

Daytime running light (if equipped)

Side turn signal light

Rear combination lights

Turn signal light

Stop/Tail light

Reverse light

55

LED*1

5

21

21/5

21

Rear fog light (if equipped)

High-mounted stop light

21

LED*2

16*3

5

License plate light

*1: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

*2: For model with rear spoiler. See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

*3: For model without rear spoiler.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

GUID-5414BBD0-D8F7-44CE-AE53-0F2C238A4F58

Wattage (W)

Item

Map light (if equipped)

Room light

5

5

Trunk light (if equipped) 3.4

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-27

LIGHT LOCATIONS

GUID-12AF6ED8-1BE8-44E5-AB1C-F099A20C0C75

(206,1)

*1: For model without rear spoiler

*2: For model with rear spoiler

*3: For model with rear fog light

Replacement procedures

GUID-1209D5DE-92BF-4DC5-BB17-FCB32E352D75

1.

Front turn signal light

2.

Headlight

3.

Clearance light

4.

Map light (if equipped)

5.

Room light

6.

Side turn signal light

7.

Front fog light (if equipped)

8.

Daytime running light (if equipped)

8-28

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

JVM0760X

9.

High-mounted stop light*1

10.

Trunk light (if equipped)

11.

High-mounted stop light*2

12.

Stop/tail light

13.

Rear turn signal light

14.

Reverse light or Rear fog light (if equipped, right side)*3

15.

License plate light

SDI1805

: REMOVE

: INSTALL

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover.

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(207,1)

Clearance light

JVM0356X

Front turn signal light

JVM0004X

Front fog light (if equipped)

JVM0357X

Side turn signal light

JVM0100X

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-29

(208,1)

License plate light

JVM0102X JVM0029X

High-mounted stop light (model without rear spoiler)

To replace the high-mounted stop light bulb:

1.

Open the trunk lid.

2.

Remove the bulb socket and then replace the bulb.

3.

Install in the reverse order of removal.

Rear combination light

JVM0027X

8-30

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(209,1)

JVM0051X

Map light (if equipped) and Room light

Trunk light (if equipped)

SDI1258C

TIRES AND WHEELS

GUID-E157BB54-857B-4F07-81D8-84FC2CBD3489

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-2).

TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE

GUID-2FC6DE13-B87D-4422-A4F1-258621EC4B20

Periodically check the pressure of the tires, including the spare. An incorrect tire pressure may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling. The tire pressure should be checked when tires are COLD. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1.6 km (1 mile).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire placard.

(See “Vehicle identification” (P.9-8) for the location of the tire placard.)

Insufficient pressure can lead to an overheating of the tire and subsequent internal damage. At high speeds, this could result in tread separation and even bursting of the tire.

TYPES OF TIRES

GUID-236E0FBB-F0E6-4721-B848-32CD2389968F

CAUTION:

When changing or replacing tires, be sure all four tires are of the same type (that is, summer, all season or snow) and construction. A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type, size, speed rating and availability.

Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires, and they may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

All season tires

GUID-C231A919-7F10-4A46-9E7F-435DCC6F2470

NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year, including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S on the tire sidewall.

Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

GUID-27546683-1326-46CE-8F5D-660AE4649B78

NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating

M&S on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires

GUID-3530C0E0-D2EA-4565-9027-0B91353E6F85

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire. If you install snow tires, they must be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some states and provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-31

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(210,1)

TIRE CHAINS

GUID-03DE8C69-C841-41D1-B952-89B1E93A44B0

Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location. Check the local laws before installing tire chains. When installing tire chains, make sure that they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer’s instructions.

Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chains must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels. Never install tire chains on a temporary-use spare tire (if equipped). Do not use the chains on dry roads.

TIRE ROTATION

GUID-970F9350-4D6B-4E9E-871D-329A7119386F

SDI1662

NISSAN recommends that tires be rotated every

10,000 km (6,000 miles). However, the timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving habits and

8-32

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

the road surface conditions. (See “Flat tire” (P.6-2) for the tire replacement.)

WARNING:

.

After rotating the tires, adjust the tire pressure.

.

Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 1,000 km (600 miles)

(also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).

.

Do not include the temporary-use spare tire

(if equipped) in tire rotation.

.

Incorrect tire selection, fitting, care or maintenance can affect vehicle safety with risk of accident and injury. If in doubt, consult a

NISSAN dealer or the tire manufacturer.

TIRE WEAR AND DAMAGE

GUID-7D2359F7-2A51-45DF-AD8B-96584828DCA8

SDI1663

Wear indicator

Wear indicator location mark

Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread. If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found, the tire should be replaced immediately.

The original tires have a built-in tread wear indicator.

When the wear indicator is visible, the tire should be replaced.

Improper service of a spare tire may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to repair the spare tire, contact a NISSAN dealer.

TIRE AGE

GUID-D530A140-BCA5-4AFA-9402-677BE2913733

Never use a tire over six years old, regardless of whether it has been used or not.

Tires degrade with age as well as with the vehicle usage. Have your tires checked and balanced often by a repair shop or, if you prefer, a NISSAN dealer.

CHANGING TIRES AND WHEELS

GUID-32466E30-240F-4FF5-AF94-9A6D1D7FBE76

WARNING:

Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired. Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning.

When replacing a tire, use the same size, speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped. (See

“Tires and wheels” (P.9-7) for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels.) The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted, or radial), or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking, handling, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury.

If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels which have the same offset dimension. Wheels of a different offset could cause early tire wear, possibly degraded vehicle handling

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(211,1) characteristics and/or interference with the brake discs/drums. Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear.

WHEEL BALANCE

GUID-582CC201-360F-462A-9287-0BB08BD0257E

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as required.

SPARE TIRE

GUID-400C4A57-3807-4E1F-A94B-D12A024251EA

Conventional spare tire (if equipped)

GUID-D0F9D915-EE40-4316-BAB0-FEB85A3EB358

A standard tire (the same size as the road wheels) is supplied with your vehicle.

Temporary-use spare tire (if equipped)

GUID-0AFF89BB-CC36-4433-B406-83980BA9CE70

SDI1912

Spare tire label (if equipped)

Observe the following precautions if the spare tire must be used, otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident.

CAUTION:

.

The spare tire should be used only for emergency. It should be replaced by the standard tire at the first opportunity.

.

Drive carefully while the spare tire is installed.

.

Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving.

.

Periodically check the spare tire inflation pressure, and always keep it at 420 kPa (4.2

bar, 60 psi). (T125/70D15 95M tire)

.

Do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 80 km/h (50 MPH).

.

Do not use tire chains on a spare tire. Tire chains will not fit properly on the spare tire and may cause damage to the vehicle.

.

When driving on roads covered with snow or ice, the spare tire should be used on the rear wheel and the original tire used on the front wheels (drive wheels). Use tire chains only on the front two original tires.

.

Tire tread of the spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the original tire. Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear. (T125/70D15 95M tire)

.

Because the spare tire is smaller than the original tire, ground clearance is reduced. To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles. Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught.

.

Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles.

.

Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time.

Emergency tire puncture repair kit (if equipped)

GUID-07FCF548-0386-4AF0-80A8-AD67932B37AC

See “Repairing flat tire (for model with emergency tire puncture repair kit)” (P.6-5) for more details.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

8-33

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

MEMO

8-34

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(212,1)

9 Technical information

(213,1)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(214,1)

RECOMMENDED FUEL/

LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

GUID-ACAD99D7-9AFA-4050-956D-FDF14BDA1195

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill quantities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedures instructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-ityourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fuel

Engine oil including oil filter

Approximate Capacity

Metric Measure

Imperial Measure

41 L

3.0 L

9 gal

2-5/8 qt

Recommended Fuel/Lubricants

HR12DE

HR15DE

K9K

Cooling system (including reservoir tank capacity 0.7 L)

HR12DE

HR15DE

K9K

Automatic Transmission (AT) fluid

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid excluding oil filter including oil filter excluding oil filter

MT model

CVT model

MT model

AT model

CVT model

2.8 L

4.4 L

4.2 L

5.7 L

5.8 L

5.6 L

6.0 L

6.4 L

7.6 L

2-1/2 qt

3-7/8 qt

3-3/4 qt

5 qt

5-1/8 qt

4-7/8 qt

5-1/4 qt

5-5/8 qt

6-3/4 qt

See “Fuel information” (P.9-4).

.

.

The approximate capacities listed are for refilling during an engine oil change.

.

.

For additional information, see “Changing engine oil and oil filter” (P.8-10).

.

Genuine NISSAN engine oil

API grade: SL, SM or SN

ILSAC grade: GF-3, GF-4 or GF-5

For additional information, see “Recommended SAE viscosity number” (P.9-4).

.

.

.

.

Genuine NISSAN engine oil

ACEA B1/B5

For additional information, see “Recommended SAE viscosity number” (P.9-4).

.

Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality

Use Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality, in order to avoid possible aluminum corrosion within the engine cooling system caused by the use of non-genuine engine coolant.

Note that any repairs for the incidents within the engine cooling system while using non-genuine engine coolant may not be covered by the warranty even if such incidents occurred during the warranty period.

Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF

Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN

Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the warranty.

Except for Hong Kong, India and Thailand

.

Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2

.

Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the

CVT, which is not covered by the warranty.

For Hong Kong, India and Thailand

.

Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3

.

Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 will damage the

CVT, which is not covered by the warranty.

9-2

Technical information

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(215,1)

Manual Transmission

(MT) gear oil

HR12DE

HR15DE

K9K

Metric Measure

Approximate Capacity

Imperial Measure

Brake and clutch fluid For Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore, Hong Kong and Australia

Brake fluid Except for Thailand, Indonesia, Singapore,

Hong Kong and Australia

Clutch fluid

Multi-purpose grease

Air conditioner system refrigerant

Air conditioner system lubricants

.

Refill to the proper fluid level according to the instructions in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Recommended Fuel/Lubricants

Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) HQ Multi 75W-85, or equivalent

If Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) HQ Multi is not available, API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-85 may be used as a temporary replacement. However, use Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid

(MTF) HQ Multi as soon as it is available.

Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) Chevron Texaco

ETL8997B 75W-80, or equivalent

If Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) Chevron Texaco

ETL8997B is not available, API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-80 may be used as a temporary replacement. However, use Genuine NISSAN

Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) Chevron Texaco ETL8997B as soon as it is available.

Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3

Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 or DOT 4

Never mix different types of fluids (DOT 3 and DOT 4).

Genuine NISSAN DOT 4 Brake Fluid or equivalent

NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

HFC-134a (R-134a)

NISSAN A/C System Oil Type R or equivalent

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Technical information

9-3

(216,1)

FUEL INFORMATION

GUID-AF4712DC-AF4B-429D-B506-018156019CBD

Gasoline engine (model with three–way catalyst)

GUID-C2CEEF81-4F44-4719-A071-99D42B048FAD

CAUTION:

Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded gasoline will damage the three-way catalyst.

Except for Iraq and Thailand:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 (RON).

For Iraq:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use UNLEADED PREMIUM gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 (RON).

For Thailand:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline or gasohol (up to

E20*) with an octane rating of at least 91 (RON).

*: Gasohol is alcohol blended gasoline. For example,

“E20” is a mixture of approximately 20% fuel ethanol and 80% unleaded gasoline.

Diesel engine

GUID-1789F59E-0C1E-4FCC-B307-F90FF2149E6B

Diesel fuel of at least 50 octane.

*

If two types of diesel fuel are available, use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following temperature conditions.

.

Above −78C (208F) ... Summer type diesel fuel.

.

Below

−78C (208F) ... Winter type diesel fuel.

CAUTION:

.

Do not use home heating oil, gasoline or other alternate fuels in your diesel engine.

The use of those or adding those to diesel fuel can cause engine damage.

9-4

Technical information

.

Do not use summer fuel at temperatures below

78C (208F). The cold temperatures

will cause wax to form in the fuel. As a result, it may prevent the engine from running smoothly.

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUM-

BER

GUID-A10E3F2F-64E5-4170-8334-8A8234DD3261

Gasoline engine oil

GUID-6145B14E-B36F-4647-A0EF-21BDFB786962

Except for Thailand:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

10W-30 is preferable.

If 10W-30 is not available, select the viscosity, from the chart below, that is suitable for the outside temperature range.

STI0589

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(217,1)

For Thailand:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

0W-20 is preferable.

If 0W-20 is not available, select the viscosity, from the chart below, that is suitable for the outside temperature range.

Diesel engine oil

GUID-4203A9EC-902D-407B-A2F7-B2E3057A51DE

5W-30 is preferable.

If 5W-30 is not available, select the viscosity, from the chart below, that is suitable for the outside temperature range.

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGER-

ANT AND LUBRICANT

GUID-9EEF71BB-D47C-4DBC-A677-79EACB5C384A

The air conditioner system of your vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC-134a (R134a) and the lubricant NISSAN A/C System Oil Type R or equivalents. Use of any other refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage, and you may need to replace your vehicle’s entire air conditioner system.

The release of refrigerants into the atmosphere is prohibited in many countries and regions. The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your vehicle will not harm the Earth’s ozone layer. However, it may contribute in a small part to the global warming effect. NISSAN recommends that the refrigerant be appropriately recovered and recycled. Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing the air conditioner system.

STI0732

STI0387B

Technical information

9-5

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(218,1)

ENGINE

GUID-067AB093-DD6D-4B9E-A99E-30BB937640BA

Engine Model

Type

Cylinder arrangement

Bore 6 Stroke

Displacement cm

3 mm (in)

(cu in)

HR12DE HR15DE

Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC

3-cylinder, in-line 4-cylinder, in-line

78.0 6 83.6 (3.071 6

3.291)

1,198 (73.10)

78.0 6 78.4 (3.071 6

3.087)

1,498 (91.41)

K9K

Diesel, 4-cycle

4-cylinder, in-line

76.0 6 80.5 (2.992 6

3.169)

1,461 (89.15)

Idle speed at the “N” (Neutral) position

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.)

Spark plugs

Standard rpm MT: 750±50

CVT: 750±50

MT: 128±2

CVT: 98±2

FXE20HR11*1

DILKAR6A11*2

1.1 (0.043)

MT: 650±50

AT: 700±50

CVT: 700±50

MT: 58±2

AT: 58±2

CVT: 78±2

REA12WMB4*3

LZKAR6AP-11*4

1.1 (0.043)*3*4

REA12MC4*5

MT: 800±50

-

-

Spark plug gap mm (in) 1.0 to 1.1

(0.039 to 0.043)*5

-

Camshaft operation

Maximum vehicle speed (for Gulf standard models)*6

Timing chain Timing chain

Timing belt km/h (MPH) AT: 170 km/h (106 MPH)

MT: 183 km/h (114 MPH)

-

*1: Except for Hong Kong

*2: For Hong Kong

*3: For MT model and AT model, except for Iraq

*4: For CVT model

*5: For Iraq

*6: Gulf Standard requires automobile manufacturers to indicate the maximum vehicle speed for applicable models. The maximum vehicle speed, listed above, is the measured speed under certain testing conditions. The actual value may differ according to the vehicle usage and road and environmental conditions. NISSAN recommends you to ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions.

9-6

Technical information

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(219,1)

TIRES AND WHEELS

Tire size

GUID-EA777738-D2DD-414E-A370-938D6FC5432D

Standard*1

175/70 R14 84H

175/70 R14 84T

185/70 R14 88S

185/65 R15 88H

185/65 R15 88T

Size

Road wheel

Spare

Steel

Aluminum alloy wheel

Steel

146 5-1/2J

15 65-1/2J

15 65-1/2JJ

15 65-1/2J

146 5-1/2J

15 65-1/2J

15 65-1/2JJ

15 64T

*1: See the tire placard on your vehicle for the recommended cold tire pressure.

*2: The tire puncture repair kit is supplied except for model with spare tire.

Spare*2

T125/70 D15 95M

175/70 R14 84H

175/70 R14 84T

185/70 R14 88S

185/65 R15 88H

Offset mm (in)

40 (1.57)

40 (1.57)

40 (1.57)

40 (1.57)

40 (1.57)

40 (1.57)

40 (1.57)

40 (1.57)

DIMENSIONS

Overall length

Overall width

Overall height

Front tread

Rear tread

Wheelbase

GUID-7338549B-44EE-43DE-ADA8-A394063FC1D8

Unit: mm (in)

4,455 (175.4)

4,512 (177.6)*1

1,695 (66.7)

1,510 (59.4)*2

1,515 (59.6)

1,480 (58.3)

1,485 (58.5)

2,590 (102.0)*3

2,600 (102.4)

*1: Sportech version, for Thailand

*2: Model with 175/70 R14 tire except for Thailand,

Singapore, Indonesia and Hong Kong

*3: For the Middle East

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Technical information

9-7

(220,1)

WHEN TRAVELLING OR

REGISTERING IN ANOTHER

COUNTRY

GUID-C95C57F5-7060-429B-925E-ED5D735D6508

When planning to travel in another country or

region, find out whether the fuel required for your vehicle is available in that country or region. Using a low octane rated fuel may cause engine damage.

Therefore, be sure that the required fuel is available wherever you go. For additional information regarding recommended fuel, see “Fuel information” (P.9-4).

When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country, state, province or district,

contact the appropriate authorities to find out that the vehicle complies with the local legal requirements. In some cases, a vehicle cannot meet the legal requirements, and it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations. In addition, there may be possibilities that a vehicle cannot be adapted in certain areas.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country, state, province or district; therefore, the vehicle specification may differ.

When any vehicles are to be taken into another country, state, province or district, its modification, transportation, registration, and any other expenses which may result, are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconveniences that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

GUID-01FF74DB-0858-4C45-89E1-E038CBD93AF0

It is prohibited to cover, paint, weld, cut, drill, alter or remove Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

JVT0023X

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE

GUID-5094365C-F7B0-4CF8-A0E4-986C059A2B47

The plate is affixed as shown

*

.

BUILT DATE PLATE (for Australia and New

Zealand)

GUID-2831B072-0118-4B3A-8942-0AFE8FFFEFAA

Built date is stamped on the vehicle identification plate.

The built date means the calendar month and the year in which the body shell and power train subassemblies are conjoined and the vehicle is driven or moved from the production line.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

(chassis number)

GUID-0B6D27D4-E79D-4116-A261-806050B6966D

The number is stamped as shown .

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

PLATE

GUID-4675707B-A9D6-48D0-BE28-DA8C186D5FA7

STI0457

The plate is affixed as shown.

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

GUID-DEFCA7F0-4BB7-42CD-856B-ABC89F81D3F8

STI0734

HR12DE engine

9-8

Technical information

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(221,1)

HR15DE engine

JVT0003X

STI0662

K9K engine

CERTIFICATION LABEL (if equipped)

GUID-1B119096-D360-4C51-AC2A-DE0A1B7117B8

TIRE PLACARD

GUID-A6E9AF42-4A38-42F1-B9EA-7D6CDD29DABA

STI0494

The cold tire pressures are shown on the tire placard affixed to the driver’s side center pillar.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL

GUID-5875BEAD-4AF9-4147-976E-83CBFCB9E920

JVT0024X

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

(if equipped)

GUID-1F302990-8FB4-4D7B-B651-3200D276BC94

Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to local safety requirements in addition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEAR

GUID-83BCDC6B-0A85-4FB5-B9CC-63A1DF98D039

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and onehalf (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND C

GUID-B51A8AC3-7A7A-42AD-9C85-65F8434474D0

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A,

B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

WARNING:

The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

STI0441

Technical information

9-9

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(222,1)

TEMPERATURE A, B AND C

GUID-D542E168-E212-47F8-8CDF-7F33C6EA414A

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the local regulations. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING:

The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

RADIO APPROVAL NUMBER AND

INFORMATION

GUID-DD114A86-9C88-4B36-8844-08795EAD8361

FOR THAILAND

GUID-B6A4C0E6-C956-448F-9562-B27A90644104

This telecommunication equipment conforms to NTC technical requirement.

.

Remote keyless entry system (if equipped)

.

Intelligent Key system (if equipped)

.

NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) (if equipped)

FOR SINGAPORE

GUID-2280329A-719B-415A-8142-9D9AC87E6425

STI0653

.

NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system (if equipped)

.

Remote control keyless system (if equipped)

.

Intelligent Key system (if equipped)

.

Body Control Module (BCM)

FOR INDONESIA

GUID-A7728E80-6B60-4A37-B64E-2586F0747A90

Intelligent Key system (if equipped)

GUID-9260D9D1-C8E8-4B81-B7F5-46FCAA3BABAA

JVT0060X

Remote keyless entry system (if equipped)

GUID-28574E44-C07E-4C16-8F2E-0651F02BF765

JVT0013X

JVT0138X

9-10

Technical information

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(223,1)

Body Control Module (BCM)

GUID-8D16DB25-F8B3-4DD4-8CFA-829D549F3DE4

FOR OMAN

GUID-183CADE7-1DD4-4685-8996-0191E669ACE2

Intelligent Key system (if equipped)

GUID-DAFAF460-CDE1-4357-937B-2CF08FEF65F9

JVT0014X

NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) immobilizer (if equipped)

GUID-89EB3CC7-3A70-4C36-8C25-E3CBC5A47F05

JVT0139X

FOR NIGERIA

GUID-E46CA0FD-167D-4F2B-AB3F-CA22F3406485

JVT0265X

.

Body Control Module

FOR THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

GUID-E91330C1-98E8-41A4-B277-9F7B896991EB

Intelligent Key system (if equipped)

GUID-47BA5E22-1AF6-4BE4-90C3-9BE00108DCFE

Condition: 'Except for China'/

JVT0061X

JVT0117X

.

Remote control keyless system (if equipped)

.

NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system (if equipped)

.

Intelligent Key

JVT0062X

JVT0165X

Technical information

9-11

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

JVT0264X

.

Body Control Module

NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) immobilizer and Intelligent Key system (if equipped)

GUID-3808BF4B-8288-4D8C-8AE2-97DE75DCAB0D

JVT0054X

9-12

Technical information

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(224,1)

(227,1)

10 Index

A

Air bag system

Side (See supplemental side-impact air

Supplemental curtain side-impact air

Supplemental front-impact air

Air conditioner system refrigerant

Heater and air conditioner, and

B

Battery replacement

Blocking wheels ...

Bluetooth

®

Hands-Free Phone System ...

Brake

Changing

Checking

Appearance care

Automatic

C

Continuously Variable Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission

Controls

Coolant

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(228,1)

G

D

Driving

Driving with Continuously Variable

E

Engine

F

Fluid

Continuously Variable Transmission

Fuel

Recommended fuel/lubricants

H

Hands-Free Phone System, Bluetooth

®

Headlight

Headlights

I

Ignition switch

Ignition switch (model without Intelligent

10-2

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

(229,1)

Light

Mirror

J

K

Ignition switch (model without Intelligent

Lock

Push-button ignition switch (model with

Vehicle speed sensing door

M

Maintenance

L

Labels

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Oil

Parking

Phone

Bluetooth

®

Power

P

N

O

10-3

(230,1)

Precautions

Precautions on push-button ignition

Precautions on Supplemental Restraint

Precautions on push-button ignition

Safety

Seat

Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent

R

Seat belt(s)

Radio FM-AM radio with Compact Disc

Seat belts

Shift lever

S

10-4

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Starting

Starting engine (model with Intelligent

Starting engine (model without Intelligent

Steering

Supplemental curtain side-impact air

Supplemental front-impact air

Supplemental side-impact air

Switch

(231,1)

Driving with Continuously Variable

T

Tire

Vehicle

Towing

Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission

Warning

W

U

V

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

Warning/indicator lights and

Warning light

Washer switch

When travelling or registering in

Window(s)

Wiper

10-5

(235,1)

QUICK REFERENCE

GUID-2A8D3CD7-1FE2-4A5C-93A8-149D19A22A11

FUEL INFORMATION

GUID-5EDB3853-A488-4589-9EC7-1909CE2B6EF9

Gasoline engine (model with three–way catalyst)

GUID-3DBBB9B9-2F89-4C35-90E9-3435D3DF7F1A

CAUTION:

Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded gasoline will damage the three-way catalyst.

Except for Iraq and Thailand:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 (RON).

For Iraq:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use UNLEADED PREMIUM gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 (RON).

For Thailand:

GUID-9E14C2E6-2E9C-4731-980B-C45B899B977B

Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline or gasohol (up to

E20*) with an octane rating of at least 91 (RON).

*: Gasohol is alcohol blended gasoline. For example,

“E20” is a mixture of approximately 20% fuel ethanol and 80% unleaded gasoline.

Diesel engine

GUID-4407F019-0257-4CA0-9F51-2FFA3DD520C2

Diesel fuel of at least 50 octane.

* If two types of diesel fuel are available, use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following temperature conditions.

.

Above −78C (208F) ... Summer type diesel fuel.

.

Below −78C (208F) ... Winter type diesel fuel.

CAUTION:

.

Do not use home heating oil, gasoline or other alternate fuels in your diesel engine.

The use of those or adding those to diesel fuel can cause engine damage.

.

Do not use summer fuel at temperatures below

78C (208F). The cold temperatures

will cause wax to form in the fuel. As a result, it may prevent the engine from running smoothly.

RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL

GUID-AFCF8C11-9051-4D2E-9607-F5019BB74CA2

See “Recommended fuel/lubricants and capacities”

(P.9-2).

Gasoline engine

GUID-32469335-6B44-4890-9424-B2882956D0C7

.

Genuine NISSAN engine oil

.

API grade SL, SM or SN

.

ILSAC grade GF-3, GF-4 or GF-5

Diesel engine

GUID-71F22462-0197-4576-BDF2-7DF716046676

.

Genuine NISSAN engine oil

.

ACEA B1/B5

TIRE COLD PRESSURE

GUID-903EA7A1-3376-4447-AFDA-4BC4F64F3036

See the tire placard affixed to the driver’s side center pillar.

GUID-0FAA519E-81C6-415B-98D9-C40301E60A8D

.

In case of emergency ... (P.6-1)

(Flat tire, engine will not start, overheating, towing)

.

How to start the engine ... (P.5-1)

.

How to read the meters and gauges ... (P.2-1)

.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself ... (P.8-1)

.

Technical information ... (P.9-1)

Condition: 'Except for China'/

[ Edit: 2016/ 9/ 23 Model: N17-A ]

advertisement

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement